29824 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 

10 CFR Part 430 

[Docket No. EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003] 

RIN 1904–AB92 

Energy Conservation Program for 

Consumer Products: Test Procedures 

for Refrigerators, RefrigeratorFreezers, and Freezers 

AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and 

Renewable Energy, Department of 

Energy. 

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking 

and public meeting. 

SUMMARY: The U.S. Department of 

Energy (DOE) today is issuing a notice 

of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) to 

amend the test procedures for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. The NOPR consists of two 

parts. First, it proposes amending the 

current procedure by adding test 

procedures to account for refrigeratorfreezers equipped with variable antisweat heater controls, amending the 

long-time automatic defrost test 

procedure to capture all energy use 

associated with the defrost cycle 

expended during testing, establishing 

test procedures for refrigerator-freezers 

equipped with more than two 

compartments, making minor 

adjustments to the language to eliminate 

any potential ambiguity regarding how 

to conduct tests, and requiring certain 

information in certification reports to 

clarify how some products are tested to 

determine their energy ratings. Second, 

the notice proposes amended test 

procedures for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers that would be 

required for measuring energy 

consumption once DOE promulgates 

new energy conservation standards for 

these products. These new standards are 

currently under development in a 

separate rulemaking activity. Pursuant 

to the Energy Policy and Conservation 

Act of 1975, as amended, these new 

standards would apply to newly 

manufactured products starting on 

January 1, 2014. While the amended test 

procedures would be based largely on 

the test methodology used in the 

existing test procedures, they also 

include significant revisions with 

respect to the measurement of 

compartment temperatures and 

compartment volumes that would 

provide a more comprehensive 

accounting of energy usage by these 

products. Finally, the new test 

procedure for 2014 would incorporate 

into the energy use metric the energy 

use associated with icemaking for 

products with automatic icemakers. 

This NOPR also discusses the proposed 

treatment of combination wine storagefreezer products that were the subject of 

a recent test procedure waiver, the 

testing of refrigeration products with the 

anti-sweat heater switch turned off, the 

treatment of auxiliary features used in 

refrigeration products, the treatment of 

electric heaters in the current and 

proposed test procedures, and the 

incorporation of icemaking energy use 

in the test procedure. 

DATES: DOE will hold a public meeting 

on Tuesday, June 22, 2010, from 9 a.m. 

to 4 p.m., in Washington, DC. DOE must 

receive requests to speak at the public 

meeting before 4 p.m., Tuesday, June 8, 

2010. DOE must receive a signed 

original and an electronic copy of 

statements to be given at the public 

meeting before 4 p.m., Tuesday, June 15, 

2010. 

DOE will accept comments, data, and 

information regarding this NOPR before 

and after the public meeting, but no 

later than August 10, 2010. See section 

V, ‘‘Public Participation,’’ of this NOPR 

for details. 

ADDRESSES: The public meeting will be 

held at the U.S. Department of Energy, 

Forrestal Building, Room 8E–089, 1000 

Independence Avenue, SW., 

Washington, DC 20585–0121. To attend 

the public meeting, please notify Ms. 

Brenda Edwards at (202) 586–2945. 

(Please note that foreign nationals 

visiting DOE Headquarters are subject to 

advance security screening procedures. 

Any foreign national wishing to 

participate in the public meeting should 

advise DOE as soon as possible by 

contacting Ms. Edwards to initiate the 

necessary procedures.) 

Any comments submitted must 

identify the NOPR on Test Procedures 

for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, 

and Freezers, and provide the docket 

number EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003 and/ 

or Regulatory Information Number (RIN) 

1904–AB92. Comments may be 

submitted using any of the following 

methods: 

• Federal eRulemaking Portal: http:// 

www.regulations.gov. Follow the 

instructions for submitting comments. 

• E-mail: Refrig-2009–TP– 

0003@ee.doe.gov. Include docket 

number EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003 and/ 

or RIN 1904–AB92 in the subject line of 

the message. 

• Mail: Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. 

Department of Energy, Building 

Technologies Program, Mailstop EE–2J, 

1000 Independence Avenue, SW., 

Washington, DC 20585–0121. Please 

submit one signed paper original. 

• Hand Delivery/Courier: Ms. Brenda 

Edwards, U.S. Department of Energy, 

Building Technologies Program, 950 

L’Enfant Plaza, SW., Suite 600, 

Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: 

(202) 586–2945. Please submit one 

signed paper original. 

For detailed instructions on 

submitting comments and additional 

information on the rulemaking process, 

see section V, ‘‘Public Participation,’’ of 

this document. 

Docket: For access to the docket to 

read background documents or 

comments received, visit the U.S. 

Department of Energy, Resource Room 

of the Building Technologies Program, 

950 L’Enfant Plaza, SW., Suite 600, 

Washington, DC 20024, (202) 586–2945, 

between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday 

through Friday, except Federal holidays. 

Please call Ms. Brenda Edwards at the 

above telephone number for additional 

information about visiting the Resource 

Room. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. 

Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy, 

Office of Energy Efficiency and 

Renewable Energy, Building 

Technologies Program, EE–2J, 1000 

Independence Avenue, SW., 

Washington, DC 20585–0121. 

Telephone: (202) 287–1317. E-mail: 

Lucas.Adin@ee.doe.gov. 

Mr. Michael Kido, U.S. Department of 

Energy, Office of the General Counsel, 

GC–72, 1000 Independence Avenue, 

SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121. 

Telephone: (202) 586–8145. E-mail: 

Michael.Kido@hq.doe.gov. 

For information on how to submit or 

review public comments and on how to 

participate in the public meeting, 

contact Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. 

Department of Energy, Office of Energy 

Efficiency and Renewable Energy, 

Building Technologies Program, EE–2J, 

1000 Independence Avenue, SW., 

Washington, DC 20585–0121. 

Telephone: (202) 586–2945. E-mail: 

Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov. 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

I. Background and Authority 

II. Summary of the Proposal 

III. Discussion 

A. Products Covered by the Proposed 

Revisions 

B. Combination Wine Storage-Freezer 

Units 

C. Establishing New Appendices A and B, 

and Compliance Date for the Amended 

Test Procedures 

D. Amendments to Take Effect Prior to a 

New Energy Conservation Standard 

1. Procedures for Test Sample Preparation 

2. Product Clearances to Walls During 

Testing 

3. Alternative Compartment Temperature 

Sensor Locations 

4. Median Temperature Settings for 

Electronic Control Products 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29825 

5. Test Procedures for Convertible 

Compartments and Special 

Compartments 

6. Establishing a Temperature-Averaging 

Procedure for Auxiliary Compartments 

7. Modified Definition for Anti-Sweat 

Heater 

8. Testing With the Anti-Sweat Heater 

Switch Turned Off 

9. Incorporation of Test Procedures for 

Products With Variable Anti-Sweat 

Heating Control Waivers 

10. Modification of Long-Time and 

Variable Defrost Test Method To Capture 

Precooling Energy 

11. Establishing Test Procedures for 

Multiple Defrost Cycle Types 

12. Elimination of Part 3 of the Variable 

Defrost Test 

13. Corrections and Other Test Procedure 

Language Changes 

14. Including in Certification Reports Basic 

Information Clarifying Energy 

Measurements 

E. Amendments To Take Effect 

Simultaneously With a New Energy 

Conservation Standard 

1. Incorporating by Reference AHAM 

Standard HRF–1–2008 for Measuring 

Energy and Internal Volume of 

Refrigerating Appliances 

2. Establishing New Compartment 

Temperatures 

3. Establishing New Volume Calculation 

Method 

4. Control Settings for Refrigerators and 

Refrigerator-Freezers During Testing 

5. Icemakers and Icemaking 

F. Other Issues Under Consideration 

1. Electric Heaters 

2. Rounding Off Energy Test Results 

G. Compliance With Other EPCA 

Requirements 

1. Test Burden 

2. Potential Amendments To Include 

Standby and Off Mode Energy 

Consumption 

IV. Procedural Requirements 

A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 

B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility 

Act 

C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction 

Act of 1995 

D. Review Under the National 

Environmental Policy Act of 1969 

E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 

F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 

G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates 

Reform Act of 1995 

H. Review Under the Treasury and General 

Government Appropriations Act, 1999 

I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 

J. Review Under the Treasury and General 

Government Appropriations Act, 2001 

K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 

L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal 

Energy Administration Act of 1974 

V. Public Participation 

A. Attendance at the Public Meeting 

B. Procedure for Submitting Requests To 

Speak 

C. Conduct of Public Meeting 

D. Submission of Comments 

E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment 

VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary 

I. Background and Authority 

Title III of the Energy Policy and 

Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291, et 

seq.; ‘‘EPCA’’ or, ‘‘the Act’’) sets forth a 

variety of provisions designed to 

improve energy efficiency. (All 

references to EPCA refer to the statute 

as amended through the Energy 

Independence and Security Act of 2007 

(EISA 2007), Public Law 110–140 (Dec. 

19, 2007)). Part A of title III (42 U.S.C. 

6291–6309) establishes the ‘‘Energy 

Conservation Program for Consumer 

Products Other Than Automobiles,’’ 

which includes refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, all of 

which are referred to below as ‘‘covered 

products’’. (42 U.S.C. 6291(1)–(2) and 

6292(a)(1)) ‘‘Refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers’’ are referred to 

below, collectively, as ‘‘refrigeration 

products’’. Under the Act, this program 

consists essentially of three parts: (1) 

Testing, (2) labeling, and (3) Federal 

energy conservation standards. The 

testing requirements consist of test 

procedures that, pursuant to EPCA, 

manufacturers of covered products must 

use (1) as the basis for certifying to the 

DOE that their products comply with 

applicable energy conservation 

standards adopted under EPCA, and (2) 

for making representations about the 

efficiency of those products. Similarly, 

DOE must use these test requirements to 

determine whether the products comply 

with any relevant standards 

promulgated under EPCA. 

By way of background, the National 

Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 

1987 (NAECA), Public Law 100–12, 

amended EPCA by including, among 

other things, performance standards for 

residential refrigeration products. (42 

U.S.C. 6295(b)). On November 17, 1989, 

DOE amended these performance 

standards for products manufactured on 

or after January 1, 1993. 54 FR 47916. 

DOE subsequently published a 

correction to revise these new standards 

for three product classes. 55 FR 42845 

(October 24, 1990). DOE again updated 

the performance standards for 

refrigeration products on April 28, 1997, 

for products manufactured on or after 

July 1, 2001. 62 FR 23102. 

EISA 2007 amended EPCA to require 

DOE to determine by December 31, 

2010, whether amending the energy 

conservation standards in effect for 

refrigeration products would be 

justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)) As a 

result, DOE has initiated a standards 

rulemaking for these products. On 

September 18, 2008, DOE announced 

the availability of a framework 

document to initiate that rulemaking. 

(73 FR 54089) On September 29, 2008, 

DOE held a public workshop to discuss 

the framework document and issues 

related to the rulemaking. The 

framework document identified several 

test procedure issues, including: (1) 

Compartment temperature changes; (2) 

modified volume calculation methods; 

(3) products that deactivate energyusing features during energy testing; (4) 

variable anti-sweat heaters; (5) 

references to the updated Association of 

Home Appliance Manufacturers 

(AHAM) HRF–1 test standard, ‘‘Energy 

and Internal Volume of Refrigerating 

Appliances’’, published in 2008 (HRF– 

1–2008); (6) convertible compartments; 

and (7) harmonization with 

international test procedures. (‘‘Energy 

Conservation Standards Rulemaking 

Framework Document for Residential 

Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and 

Freezers’’, RIN 1904–AB79, Docket No. 

EERE–2008–BT–STD–0012) Separately, 

DOE raised the issue of how to address 

various aspects related to the icemaker, 

including the manner in which to 

measure icemaking energy usage as well 

as set-up issues during testing. 

(‘‘Additional Guidance Regarding 

Application of Current Procedures for 

Testing Energy Consumption of 

Refrigerator-Freezers with Automatic Ice 

Makers’’, (December 18, 2009) published 

at 75 FR 2122 (January 14, 2010)) The 

test procedure rulemaking announced 

by today’s notice seeks to address these 

issues and to establish a procedure that 

will be used for determining compliance 

with the new energy conservation 

standards under development. 

General Test Procedure Rulemaking 

Process 

Under 42 U.S.C. 6293, EPCA sets forth 

the criteria and procedures for DOE’s 

adoption and amendment of such test 

procedures. EPCA provides in relevant 

part that ‘‘[a]ny test procedures 

prescribed or amended under this 

section shall be reasonably designed to 

produce test results which measure 

energy efficiency, energy use * * * or 

estimated annual operating cost of a 

covered product during a representative 

average use cycle or period of use, as 

determined by the Secretary [of Energy], 

and shall not be unduly burdensome to 

conduct.’’ (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) 

In addition, if DOE determines that a 

test procedure amendment is warranted, 

it must publish proposed test 

procedures and offer the public an 

opportunity to present oral and written 

comments. (U.S.C. 6293(b)(2)) Finally, 

in any rulemaking to amend a test 

procedure, DOE must determine ‘‘to 

what extent, if any, the proposed test 

procedure would alter the measured 

energy efficiency * * * of any covered 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29826 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

product as determined under the 

existing test procedure.’’ (42 U.S.C. 

6293(e)(1)) If DOE determines that the 

amended test procedure would alter the 

measured efficiency of a covered 

product, DOE must amend the 

applicable energy conservation standard 

accordingly. (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)) 

With respect to today’s rulemaking, 

DOE has tentatively determined that at 

least some of the amendments it is 

proposing may result in a change in 

measured efficiency when compared to 

the current test procedure, although 

DOE has not quantified the full impact 

of these anticipated changes. In such 

situations, EPCA requires a standards 

rulemaking to address such changes in 

measured energy efficiency. (42 U.S.C. 

6293(e)(2)) However, DOE is presently 

under an obligation under 42 U.S.C. 

6295(b)(4) to conduct an amended 

standards rulemaking for refrigeration 

products by December 31, 2010. 

Consequently, DOE will consider the 

impacts of the test procedure changes 

that are affected by this rulemaking in 

the context of that standards 

rulemaking. DOE requests comments 

regarding what impacts, if any, would 

be associated with the test procedure 

amendments proposed to be adopted 

prior to the effective date of the new 

energy conservation standards. These 

comments should specifically address 

the amendments proposed in section 

III.D. 

DOE also considers the activity 

initiated by today’s notice sufficient to 

satisfy the 7-year review requirement 

established by Section 302 of EISA 2007 

to review its test procedures for all 

covered products at least once every 

seven years, including refrigeration 

products, and either amend the 

applicable test procedures or publish a 

determination in the Federal Register 

not to amend it. (42 U.S.C. 

6293(b)(1)(A)) 

Because DOE’s existing test 

procedures for these products were 

already in place on December 19, 2007, 

when the 7-year test procedure review 

provisions of EPCA were enacted (42 

U.S.C. 6293(b)(1)(A)), DOE would have 

had to review these test procedures by 

December 2014. However, since DOE is 

already considering changes to the test 

procedure in anticipation of the 2014 

rulemaking required by Congress, DOE 

is satisfying this requirement in advance 

of that date. This rulemaking satisfies 

those review requirements in that it 

constitutes a review of the current 

procedures and proposes amendments 

to those procedures for refrigeration 

products. 

Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers 

DOE’s test procedures for refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers are found at 10 

CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix A1. 

DOE initially established its test 

procedures for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers in a final rule 

published in the Federal Register on 

September 14, 1977. 42 FR 46140. 

Industry representatives viewed these 

test procedures as too complex and 

eventually developed alternative test 

procedures in conjunction with AHAM 

that were incorporated into the 1979 

version of HRF–1, ‘‘Household 

Refrigerators, Combination RefrigeratorFreezers, and Household Freezers’’ 

(HRF–1–1979). Using this industrycreated test procedure, DOE revised its 

test procedures on August 10, 1982. 47 

FR 34517. On August 31, 1989, DOE 

published a final rule establishing test 

procedures for variable defrost control 

(a system that varies the time intervals 

between defrosts based on the defrost 

need). 54 FR 36238. DOE most recently 

amended these test procedures in a final 

rule published March 7, 2003, which 

modified the test period used for 

products equipped with long-time 

automatic defrost. 68 FR 10957. The 

term ‘‘long-time automatic defrost’’ 

identifies the use of an automatic 

defrost control in which successive 

defrosts are separated by more than 14 

hours of compressor run time. The test 

procedures include provisions for 

determining the annual energy use in 

kilowatt-hours (kWh) and the annual 

operating cost for electricity for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. 

Also, consistent with the regulations 

set out in 10 CFR part 430, the 1989 and 

2003 final rules terminated all the 

previous refrigerator and refrigeratorfreezer test procedure waivers that DOE 

had previously granted to manufacturers 

before the issuance of the 2003 rule. 

Since the issuance of that rule, DOE has 

granted four waivers and three interim 

waivers. First, on April 24, 2007, DOE 

permitted Liebherr Hausgera ̈te to test a 

combination wine storage-freezer line of 

appliances using a standardized 

temperature of 55 °F for the wine 

storage compartment, as opposed to the 

45 °F prescribed for fresh food 

compartments of refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers. 72 FR 20333, 

20334. 

Second, DOE has granted waivers and 

interim waivers allowing manufacturers 

to use a modified procedure to test 

refrigeration products that use ambient 

condition sensors that adjust anti-sweat 

heater power consumption. These 

heaters prevent condensation on the 

external surfaces of refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers. The new control 

addressed by the waivers uses sensors 

that detect ambient conditions to 

energize the heaters only when needed. 

The procedure described by these 

waivers provides a method for 

manufacturers to determine the energy 

consumed by a refrigerator using this 

type of variable control system. The first 

of these waivers was granted to the 

General Electric Company (GE) on 

February 27, 2008. 73 FR 10425. DOE 

granted a similar waiver to Whirlpool 

Corporation on May 5, 2009. 74 FR 

20695. DOE published a petition for a 

third waiver from Electrolux Home 

Products, Inc. (Electrolux) and granted 

its application for an interim waiver on 

June 4, 2009. 74 FR 26853. On 

December 15, 2009, DOE granted a 

waiver to Electrolux (74 FR 66338) and 

published a petition for a second waiver 

to Electrolux seeking to extend the 

coverage of this waiver to additional 

basic models. 74 FR 66344. On 

December 15, 2009, DOE also published 

a petition from Samsung Electronics 

America (Samsung) seeking a waiver for 

variable control of anti-sweat heaters 

and granted the company an interim 

waiver. 74 FR 66340. 

After granting a waiver, DOE 

regulations generally direct the agency 

to initiate a rulemaking that would 

amend the regulations to eliminate the 

continued need for the waiver. 10 CFR 

430.27(m). Today’s notice addresses this 

requirement. Once this rule becomes 

effective, any waivers it addresses will 

terminate. 

Freezers 

DOE’s test procedures for freezers are 

found at 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

Appendix B1. DOE established its test 

procedures for freezers in a final rule 

published in the Federal Register on 

September 14, 1977. 42 FR 46140. As 

with DOE’s test procedures for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, 

industry representatives viewed the 

freezer test procedures as too complex 

and worked with AHAM to develop 

alternative test procedures, which were 

incorporated into the 1979 version of 

HRF–1. DOE revised its test procedures 

for freezers based on this AHAM 

standard on August 10, 1982. 47 FR 

34517. The test procedures were 

amended on September 20, 1989, to 

correct the effective date published in 

the August 31, 1989 rule. See 54 FR 

38788. The test procedures include 

provisions for determining the annual 

energy use in kWh and annual electrical 

operating costs for freezers. 

DOE has not issued any waivers from 

the freezer test procedures since the 

promulgation of the 1989 final rule. 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29827 

II. Summary of the Proposal 

The proposed rule contains two basic 

parts. First, it would amend the current 

DOE test procedures for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, to 

clarify the manner in which to test for 

compliance with existing energy 

conservation standards. As indicated in 

greater detail below, these proposed 

amendments, if adopted, would apply 

strictly to the current procedures in 

Appendices A1 and B1. These minor 

amendments would eliminate any 

potential ambiguity contained in these 

appendices and clarify regulatory text to 

ensure that regulated entities fully 

understand the long-standing views and 

interpretations that the Department 

holds with respect to the application 

and implementation of the test 

procedures that are in place. The 

current procedures would also be 

amended to account for, among other 

things, the various waivers granted by 

DOE. 

Second, the proposal would establish 

comprehensive changes to the manner 

in which the procedures are conducted 

by creating new Appendices A and B. 

Elements from the proposed 

amendments to Appendices A1 and B1 

would also be carried over into the new 

Appendices A and B. The procedures 

contained in these new appendices 

would apply only to those products that 

would be covered by any new standard 

that DOE promulgates and would be 

organized separately from the current 

test procedures found in Appendices A1 

and B1. EPCA requires these new 

standards to take effect by January 1, 

2014. While DOE is proposing to retain 

current Appendices A1 and B1 for this 

rulemaking to cover products 

manufactured before the effective date 

of the new standards, once the new 

standards become effective, these 

appendices would be replaced by 

Appendices A and B, respectively. 

Consequently, DOE would apply the 

procedures detailed in the proposed 

Appendices A and B to potential 

revisions to the energy conservation 

standards for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers. 

The proposed amendments discussed 

in this notice would, if adopted, take 

effect 30 days after issuance of the final 

rule. However, manufacturers would not 

need to use Appendices A and B until 

the compliance date for the 2014 

standards, which has been set by 

Congress through EISA 2007 (i.e. 

January 1, 2014). See EISA 2007, sec. 

311(a)(3) (42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)) 

The proposed revisions of 

Appendices A1 and B1 would achieve 

four primary goals: (1) Address issues 

raised in the framework document, by 

stakeholders during the framework 

workshop, and in written comments; (2) 

incorporate test procedures for 

refrigerator-freezers with variable antisweat heater controls that were the 

subject of test procedure waivers 

granted to General Electric, Whirlpool, 

and Electrolux and an interim waiver 

granted to Samsung, (3) modify the 

long-time automatic defrost test 

procedure to ensure that the test 

procedure measures all energy use 

associated with the defrost function, 

and (4) clarify the test procedures for 

addressing special compartments and 

those refrigerator-freezers that are 

equipped with more than two 

compartments. The revisions also 

address areas of potential inconsistency 

in the current procedure, and eliminate 

an optional test that DOE understands is 

not used by the industry. 

The test procedure revisions in the 

new Appendices A and B would 

include (1) new compartment 

temperatures for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers, and (2) new 

methods for measuring compartment 

volumes for all refrigeration products. 

These two amendments would improve 

harmonization with relevant 

international standards and test 

repeatability. The compartment 

temperature changes would 

significantly impact the energy use 

measured by the test for refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers. The new 

volume calculation method being 

proposed would change the adjusted 

volume for all refrigeration products. 

The proposed temperature changes 

would also affect the calculated 

adjusted volume, which is equal to the 

fresh food compartment volume plus a 

temperature-dependent adjustment 

factor multiplied by the freezer 

compartment volume. Since the 

standards for refrigeration products are 

expressed as equations that specify 

maximum energy use as a function of 

adjusted volume, the proposed 

modifications would impact the 

allowable energy use for all of these 

products. The proposed changes would 

also change the energy factor, which is 

equal to adjusted volume divided by 

daily energy consumption. 

This notice also discusses the 

combination wine storage-freezer 

products that were the subject of the 

Liebherr Hausgera ̈te test procedure 

waiver. While DOE expects to propose 

modified product definitions to include 

coverage of wine storage products in a 

separate future rulemaking addressing 

just these products, DOE proposes in 

this current rulemaking to establish 

consistency in its treatment of wine 

coolers and wine storage-freezers. 

Lastly, this notice also discusses (1) 

the measurement of energy use of 

electric heaters in refrigeration 

products, (2) the energy use of auxiliary 

features, and (3) the incorporation of the 

measurement of icemaking energy use 

into the test procedure. Incorporating 

the measurement of icemaking energy 

use would add the energy used to 

produce ice in refrigeration products 

that are equipped with automatic 

icemakers. This addition would 

improve the consistency of the 

measurement with the representative 

use cycle for such products. 

III. Discussion 

Table 1 below summarizes the 

subsections of this section and indicates 

where the proposed amendments would 

appear in each appendix. Three of the 

subsections address proposed changes 

in sections of 10 CFR 430 other than 

appendices A1, B1, A, or B, and four of 

the subsections would not have any 

proposed test procedure changes 

associated with them. 

TABLE 1—SECTION III SUBSECTIONS

Section Title 

Affected appendices 

A1 B1 A B 

A .................................... Products Covered by the Proposed Revisions ... No proposed change is associated with this section of the NOPR. 

B .................................... Combination Wine Storage-Freezer Units .......... * 

C .................................... Establishing New Appendices A and B, and 

Compliance Date for the Amended Test Procedures.

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29828 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

TABLE 1—SECTION III SUBSECTIONS—Continued 

Section Title 

Affected appendices 

A1 B1 A B 

D.1 ................................. Procedures for Test Sample Preparation ............ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.2 ................................. Product Clearances to Walls During Testing ...... ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.3 ................................. Alternative Compartment Temperature Sensor 

Locations.

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.4 ................................. Median Temperature Settings for Electronic 

Control Products.

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.5 ................................. Test Procedures for Convertible Compartments 

and Special Compartments.

✓ ........................ ✓ ........................

D.6 ................................. Establishing a Temperature-Averaging Procedure for Auxiliary Compartments.✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.7 ................................. Modified Definition for Anti-Sweat Heater ........... ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.8 ................................. Testing with the Anti-Sweat Heater Switch 

Turned Off.

** 

D.9 ................................. Incorporation of Test Procedures for Products 

with Variable Anti-Sweat Heating Control 

Waivers.

✓ ........................ ✓ ........................

D.10 ............................... Modification of Long-Time and Variable Defrost 

Test Method to Capture Precooling Energy.

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.11 ............................... Establishing Test Procedures for Multiple Defrost Cycle Types.✓ ........................ ✓ ........................

D.12 ............................... Elimination of Part 3 of the Variable Defrost 

Test.

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.13.A ............................ A: Simplification of Energy Use Equation for 

Products with Variable Defrost Control.

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

D.13.B ............................ B: Energy Testing and Energy Use Equation for 

Products with Dual Automatic Defrost.

✓ ........................ ✓ ........................

D.14 ............................... Including in Certification Reports Basic Information Clarifying Energy Measurements.*** 

E.1 ................................. Incorporating by Reference AHAM Standard 

HRF–1–2008 for Measuring Energy and Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances.

........................ ........................ ✓ ✓ 

E.2 ................................. Establishing New Compartment Temperatures .. ........................ ........................ ✓ ✓ 

E.3 ................................. Establishing New Volume Calculation Method ... ........................ ........................ ✓ ✓ 

E.4 ................................. Control Settings for Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers During Testing......................... ........................ ✓ ✓ 

E.5 ................................. Icemakers and Icemaking ................................... ........................ ........................ ✓ ✓ 

F.1 .................................. Electric Heaters ................................................... No proposed changes to the regulatory language are associated 

with these sections of the NOPR. 

F.2 .................................. Rounding Off Energy Test Results .....................

G.1 ................................. Test Burden .........................................................

G.2 ................................. Potential Amendments to Include Standby and 

Off Mode Energy Consumption.

*This amendment would appear in 10 CFR 430.2. 

**This amendment would appear in 10 CFR 430.23. ***This amendment would appear in 10 CFR 430.62. 

A. Products Covered by the Proposed 

Revisions 

The current regulations define the 

terms ‘‘refrigerators,’’ ‘‘refrigeratorfreezers,’’ and related terms as follows: 

‘‘Refrigerator’’ means an electric 

refrigerator. 

‘‘Refrigerator-freezer’’ means an 

electric refrigerator-freezer. 

‘‘Electric refrigerator’’ means a cabinet 

designed for the refrigerated storage of 

food at temperatures above 32 °F and 

below 39 °F, configured for general 

refrigerated food storage, and having a 

source of refrigeration requiring single 

phase, alternating current electric 

energy input only. An electric 

refrigerator may include a compartment 

for the freezing and storage of food at 

temperatures below 32 °F, but does not 

provide a separate low temperature 

compartment designed for the freezing 

and storage of food at temperatures 

below 8 °F. 

‘‘Electric refrigerator-freezer’’ means a 

cabinet which consists of two or more 

compartments with at least one of the 

compartments designed for the 

refrigerated storage of food at 

temperatures above 32 °F and with at 

least one of the compartments designed 

for the freezing and storage of food at 

temperatures below 8 °F which may be 

adjusted by the user to a temperature of 

0 °F or below. The source of 

refrigeration requires single phase, 

alternating current electric energy input 

only. 

10 CFR 430.2. 

This rulemaking proposes to change 

the definition for electric refrigeratorfreezer to limit the fresh food 

compartment temperature range to a 

maximum temperature of 39 °F, 

consistent with the definition for 

electric refrigerator. This specific 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29829 

proposal is discussed further in section 

III.B. No change is being proposed to the 

definition for electric refrigerator but 

DOE is open to comments on possible 

improvements to enhance the clarity of 

this term and may incorporate such 

changes in the final rule. 

DOE notes that its regulations 

currently define a freezer as ‘‘a cabinet 

designed as a unit for the freezing and 

storage of food at temperatures of 0 °F 

or below, and having a source of 

refrigeration requiring single phase, 

alternating current electric energy input 

only.’’ 10 CFR 430.2. No change in this 

definition is being proposed at this time 

but, as with the definition for electric 

refrigerator-freezers, DOE is interested 

in receiving comments on this issue to 

help improve the definition’s clarity and 

may decide to modify the definition 

based on these comments. 

B. Combination Wine Storage-Freezer 

Units 

DOE amended its definition of electric 

refrigerators to exclude wine storage 

products on November 19, 2001. 66 FR 

57845. Specifically, the definition was 

changed to exclude products that do not 

maintain internal temperatures below 

39 °F. The final rule explained that 

these products ‘‘are configured with 

special storage racks for wine bottles 

and in general do not attain as low a 

storage temperature as a standard 

refrigerator. These characteristics make 

them unsuitable for general long-term 

storage of perishable foods.’’ 66 FR 

57846. The final rule also stated that 

‘‘sales of these products are small and 

excluding them from coverage would 

not have any significant impacts.’’ Id. 

DOE, however, did not change the 

definition of electric refrigerator-freezers 

to exclude products such as the Liebherr 

line of wine storage-freezer appliances, 

which contain both freezer and wine 

storage compartments. DOE believes 

that the arguments made in favor of 

excluding wine storage products from 

the definition of electric refrigerators 

also apply to combination appliances 

such as these wine storage-freezer 

combination appliances—i.e., the wine 

storage compartment does not attain 

temperatures which are suitable for 

long-term storage of perishable foods, 

and the sales levels of such products are 

small. 

The current test procedure does not 

address the treatment of wine storagefreezer products. Because of this gap, 

Liebherr Hausgera ̈te (Liebherr) 

petitioned the agency for a test 

procedure waiver to address this 

product. (72 FR 20333) DOE granted a 

test procedure waiver to Liebherr on 

April 24, 2007 (Liebherr waiver) that 

permitted the company to test and 

certify its combination wine storagefreezer line of appliances. (72 FR 20333) 

The waiver specified that testing shall 

be conducted following the test 

procedures for refrigerator-freezers, 

except that the standard temperature for 

the wine-storage compartment shall be 

55 °F, as opposed to 45 °F as specified 

in the test procedures for refrigeratorfreezers. (72 FR 20334) 

Under DOE’s regulations, DOE must 

publish a NOPR to amend the DOE test 

procedures to eliminate the continued 

need for the waiver. A final rule must 

issue ‘‘as soon thereafter as practicable.’’ 

The waiver would then terminate on the 

effective date of the final rule. 10 CFR 

430.27(m). Accordingly, to address this 

requirement and the treatment of these 

products, DOE proposes to modify the 

definition of electric refrigerator-freezers 

in order to exclude products with wine 

storage or other compartments that do 

not attain suitable temperatures for food 

storage. The proposed modified 

definition is as follows: 

‘‘Electric refrigerator-freezer’’ means a 

cabinet which consists of two or more 

compartments with at least one of the 

compartments designed for the refrigerated 

storage of food at temperatures above 32 °F 

and below 39 °F and with at least one of the 

compartments designed for the freezing and 

storage of food at temperatures below 8 °F 

which may be adjusted by the user to a 

temperature of 0 °F or below. Additional 

compartments shall be designed for 

temperatures in any range up to 39 °F. The 

source of refrigeration requires single phase, 

alternating current electric energy input only. 

This definition of refrigerator-freezer, 

if adopted, would exclude the Liebherr 

product line and other similar products 

from coverage under the test procedures 

and energy conservation standards for 

refrigerator-freezers. DOE is proposing 

this approach to maintain consistency 

with treatment of single-compartment 

wine storage products, which were 

eliminated from coverage by the 

definition change for refrigerators 

discussed above in this section, and to 

clarify that energy conservation 

standards have not been established for 

these products. DOE expects to propose 

modifications to cover wine storage 

products in a separate future 

rulemaking. 

DOE notes that beer refrigerators, in 

contrast to wine coolers, generally are 

designed to operate with compartment 

temperature below 39°F. Hence, these 

products are, and would continue to be 

treated as, refrigerators and would 

continue to remain subject to the 

current test procedures and energy 

conservation standards of 10 CFR 430. 

C. Establishing New Appendices A and 

B, and Compliance Date for the 

Amended Test Procedures 

As briefly discussed above, the 

effective date for all of today’s proposed 

amendments would be 30 days after 

publication of a final rule. However, 

only the amendments to Appendices A1 

and B1 would have an immediate 

impact on manufacturers. 

For purposes of representations, 

under 42 U.S.C. 6293(c)(2), effective 180 

days after amending a test procedure, 

manufacturers cannot make 

representations regarding energy use 

and efficiency unless the product was 

tested in accordance with the amended 

test procedure. A manufacturer, 

distributor, retailer or private labeler 

may petition DOE to obtain an extension 

of time for making these 

representations. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c)(3)) 

However, manufacturers would need 

to use proposed Appendices A and B 

once amended energy conservation 

standards become effective on January 

1, 2014. Likewise, the proposed 

Appendices A and B would be 

mandatory for representations regarding 

energy use or operating cost of these 

products once the new energy 

conservation standards take effect. 

Under EPCA, DOE must determine by 

no later than December 31, 2010, 

whether to amend energy conservation 

standards that would apply to 

refrigeration products manufactured on 

or after January 1, 2014. As discussed 

earlier, because the proposed modified 

test procedures of Appendices A and B 

would change the measured energy use 

of these products, DOE is planning to 

amend its energy conservation 

standards for these products. (42 U.S.C. 

6293(e)(2)) These amended test 

procedures would be used in analyzing 

and developing any amended standards. 

D. Amendments To Take Effect Prior to 

a New Energy Conservation Standard 

1. Procedures for Test Sample 

Preparation 

Current DOE test procedures generally 

address product features and functions 

available at the time that the test 

procedures were written. Advances in 

technology and product design, 

however, can lead to operating 

conditions and/or product features and 

functions that are not addressed in 

current applicable test procedures. In 

particular, these existing test procedures 

may not specifically address these new 

features or functions that are in addition 

to (and not involved in) the primary 

functions of maintaining temperatures 

suitable for food storage (i.e. 

temperatures up to 39 °F). To the extent 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29830 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

that these new features or functions may 

be directly involved with the primary 

functions, in DOE’s view, the energy use 

impact of these secondary functions 

should be included when measuring the 

overall energy consumption of a covered 

product under the DOE test procedure. 

Because DOE’s test procedures 

provide a measurement of a 

representative average use cycle, the 

procedures need to reflect the changes 

in technology and product design that 

are present in current products. If 

installation of a refrigeration product 

according to its accompanying 

instructions does not clearly explain 

how to set up products with new 

technology or design features, concerns 

may arise as to whether a given test can 

be conducted in a fashion that would 

measure the representative energy use of 

the product. 

HRF–1–1979, parts of which are 

included in the current DOE test 

procedure by reference, requires that, 

‘‘the cabinet with its refrigerating 

mechanism is to be assembled and set 

up as nearly as practicable in 

accordance with the printed 

instructions supplied with the cabinet.’’ 

HRF–1–1979, section 7.4.2. Similarly, 

HRF–1–2008, parts of which are 

proposed to be included in the new 

Appendices A and B, has an essentially 

identical requirement: ‘‘The cabinet with 

its refrigerating mechanism shall be 

assembled and set up as nearly as 

practical in accordance with the printed 

instructions supplied with the cabinet.’’ 

HRF–1–2008, section 5.5.2. DOE 

proposes to emphasize this set-up 

requirement by eliminating the words, 

‘‘as nearly as practical’’, and providing 

specific (permitted and required) 

deviations from this set-up requirement 

as warranted. DOE is proposing the use 

of these specific deviations in order to 

ensure that the procedure is clear and 

yields consistent test results. This 

provision would be inserted directly 

into section 2 of Appendices A1, B1, A, 

and B. 

Permitted deviations from this 

requirement would include set-up 

details that are required for consumer 

installation but do not affect measured 

energy use. Examples include: 

• Connection of water lines and 

installation of water filters (not 

required). 

• Anchoring or otherwise securing a 

product to prevent tipping during 

energy testing (also not required, but 

encouraged if necessary to ensure safety 

during testing). 

Required deviations needed to 

achieve the necessary testing conditions 

and obtain consistent results would 

include, but are not limited to, the 

following: 

• Clearance requirements: 

Establishing a consistent approach for 

wall-to-cabinet clearances that would 

limit the clearance ranges when 

compared to actual field installations. 

• The electric power supply: 

Establishing a tighter tolerance on the 

voltage of the power supply than would 

be found during field use. 

• Temperature control settings: 

Establishing standardized compartment 

temperatures to ensure meaningful 

comparisons of test results. 

All of the permitted and required 

deviations from the printed instructions 

included with the manufacturer’s 

product would be listed in section 2 of 

Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. DOE 

conducted a review of product 

installation instructions to determine 

which instructions would require 

specific language describing allowed or 

required deviations during testing. 

However, there may be other specific 

installation instructions that would 

affect energy use or would otherwise not 

be necessary to conduct the test. DOE 

seeks comment on whether these 

proposed deviations are sufficient to 

ensure that the procedure is clear and 

produces consistent results. 

DOE recognizes that in some cases 

there may still be questions about how 

to set up a product for testing. In cases 

where the proposed modified language 

does not address the specific type of 

situation presented by a particular basic 

model, a test procedure waiver would 

be the appropriate course of action to 

allow test procedures to be developed 

for the specific characteristics of the 

product. DOE proposes to incorporate 

language into the test procedure 

instructing manufacturers to apply for a 

test procedure waiver in such cases. 

DOE proposes adding language to the 

set-up instructions of section 2 to alert 

manufacturers to this issue. 

In addition, DOE proposes to add a 

new section 7 to the test procedure that 

explains when a test procedure waiver 

would be needed: 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer, a manufacturer must obtain a waiver 

under 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an 

acceptable test procedure for each such 

product. Such instances could, for example, 

include situations where the test set-up for a 

particular refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 

basic model is not clearly defined by the 

provisions of section 2. For details regarding 

the criteria and procedures for obtaining a 

waiver, please refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

DOE proposes to add this language to 

Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. 

In addition to questions about product 

set-up during testing, the introduction 

of new technology in refrigeration 

products may cause the product to 

operate in a manner inconsistent with a 

representative average use cycle. An 

example of such technology in modern 

refrigerators is the variable anti-sweat 

heater control described in section 

III.D.9. This type of control, which 

responds to ambient humidity, generally 

will not allow the anti-sweat heaters to 

operate in a fashion consistent with a 

representative use cycle when tested in 

accordance with the required 90 °F 

ambient temperature. This occurs 

because the control operates on the 

basis of relative humidity, which is not 

required to be controlled and is 

typically lower in a test chamber at 90 

°F than in the temperatures typically 

found in homes (approximately 70 °F). 

(See, e.g,, Appendix A1, section 2.1). 

Measuring the energy use of such a 

product using the current test procedure 

would not be repeatable because the 

measurement can be affected by this 

uncontrolled parameter. Hence, the 

modifications provided by the current 

waivers associated with this control 

(and by the proposed amended test 

procedure) provide a reasonably 

designed procedure to obtain energy 

costs during a representative average 

use cycle. 

In order to address these types of 

situations, AHAM introduced the 

following additional language in AHAM 

standard HRF–1–2007: 

The following principles of interpretation 

should be applied to AHAM HRF–1, and 

should apply to and guide any revisions to 

the test procedure. The intent of the energy 

test procedure is to simulate typical room 

conditions (approximately 70 °F) with door 

openings, by testing at 90 °F without door 

openings. 

Except for operating characteristics that are 

affected by ambient temperature (for 

example, compressor percent run time), the 

unit, when tested under this standard, shall 

operate equivalent to the unit in typical room 

conditions. The energy used by the unit shall 

be calculated when a calculation is provided 

by the standard. 

Energy consuming components that 

operate in typical room conditions (including 

as a result of door openings, or a function of 

humidity), and that are not exempted by this 

standard, shall operate in an equivalent 

manner during energy testing under this 

standard, or be accounted for by all 

calculations as provided for in the standard. 

Examples: 

1. Energy saving features that are designed 

to operate when there are no door openings 

for long periods of time shall not be 

functional during the energy test. 

2. The defrost heater should not either 

function or turn off differently during the 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29831 

energy test than it would when in typical 

room conditions. 

3. Electric heaters that would normally 

operate at typical room conditions with door 

openings should also operate during the 

energy test. 

4. Energy used during adaptive defrost 

shall continue to be tested and adjusted per 

the calculation provided for in this standard. 

(HRF–1–2007, section 1.2) 

HRF–1–2008 incorporates this 

language and ENERGY STAR adopted it 

as part of its Program Requirements that 

took effect in April 2008. (see ‘‘ENERGY 

STAR Program Eligibility Criteria for 

Residential Refrigerators and/or 

Freezers’’, section 4 (August 3, 2007)). 

DOE proposes to use similar language 

in 10 CFR 430.23(a) to address the 

testing of refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers, and 10 CFR 430.23(b) to 

address the testing of freezers. The new 

text would read as follows: 

The energy test procedure is designed to 

provide a measurement consistent with 

representative average consumer use of the 

product, even if the test conditions and/or 

procedures may not themselves all be 

representative of average consumer use (e.g, 

90 ßF ambient conditions, no door openings, 

use of temperature settings unsafe for food 

preservation, etc.). If (1) a product contains 

energy consuming components that operate 

differently during the prescribed testing than 

they would during representative average 

consumer use and (2) applying the prescribed 

test to that product would evaluate it in a 

manner that is unrepresentative of its true 

energy consumption (thereby providing 

materially inaccurate comparative data), the 

prescribed procedure may not be used. 

Examples of products that cannot be tested 

using the prescribed test procedure include 

those products that can exhibit operating 

parameters (e.g, duty cycle or input wattage) 

for any energy using component that are not 

smoothly varying functions of operating 

conditions or control inputs—such as when 

a component is automatically shut off when 

test conditions or test settings are reached. A 

manufacturer wishing to test such a product 

must obtain a waiver in accordance with the 

relevant provisions of 10 CFR 430. 

DOE’s proposal reflects the statutory 

requirement, and the Department’s 

longstanding view, that the overall 

objective of the test procedure is to 

measure the product’s energy 

consumption during a representative 

average use cycle or period of use. 42 

U.S.C. 6293(b)(3). Further, the test 

procedure requires specific conditions 

during testing that are designed to 

ensure repeatability while avoiding 

excessive testing burdens. Although 

certain test conditions specified in the 

test procedure may deviate from 

representative use, such deviations are 

carefully designed and circumscribed in 

order to attain an overall calculated 

measurement of the energy 

consumption during representative use. 

Thus, it is—and has always been— 

DOE’s view that products should not be 

designed such that the energy 

consumption drops during test 

condition settings in ways that would 

bias the overall measurement to make it 

unrepresentative of average consumer 

use. While DOE may consider imposing 

design requirements to prohibit certain 

control schemes, the agency believes 

that addressing this issue through the 

applicable test procedure and related 

requirements is appropriate at this time. 

Accordingly, DOE’s proposed language 

both (1) makes explicit in the regulatory 

text the Department’s long held 

interpretation that the purpose of the 

test procedure is to measure 

representative use and (2) proposes a 

specific mechanism—the waiver 

process—as a mandatory requirement 

for all products for which the test 

procedure would not properly capture 

the energy consumption during 

representative use. 

DOE seeks comment on this proposed 

language to address products equipped 

with controls or other features that 

modify the operation of energy using 

components during testing. The 

language does not identify specific 

product characteristics that could make 

the test procedure unsuitable for testing 

certain products (e.g, modification of 

operation based on ambient 

temperature) but rather describes such 

characteristics generally, in order to 

assure that the language can apply to 

any potential features that would yield 

measurements unrepresentative of the 

product’s energy consumption during a 

representative use cycle. While the 

proposed language does not delineate 

what constitutes representative average 

consumer use, in DOE’s view, this use 

would include a variety of factors, 

including ranges of ambient temperature 

and humidity, multiple door openings 

of a variety of durations, food product 

loading, and ice production, among 

others. DOE seeks comment on this 

issue and invites commenters to submit 

any data that would help define the 

representative average use setting for 

each of these parameters and seeks 

comment and data on this issue. DOE 

also seeks comment on whether more 

specificity is needed to define (1) the 

types of product characteristics that 

would make the test procedure 

unsuitable to use and (2) the concept of 

representative average use. 

2. Product Clearances to Walls During 

Testing 

Wall clearance is a necessary element 

to refrigerator and refrigerator-freezer 

energy efficiency testing because the 

restriction of airflow due to close 

proximity to the wall can affect the 

cooling performance of the condenser. 

The condenser removes heat from the 

refrigeration system to the ambient air. 

In this regard, the current procedure 

references the steps outlined in HRF–1– 

1979, which provides that ‘‘[t]he space 

between the back [of the cabinet] and 

the wall shall be in accordance with the 

manufacturer’s instructions or as 

determined by mechanical stops on the 

back of the cabinet.’’ (HRF–1–1979, 

section 7.4.2). 

The National Institute of Standards 

and Technology (NIST) examined the 

repeatability of energy testing based on 

the current DOE procedure and 

observed that the procedure does not 

provide clear guidance regarding the 

required clearance between the rear of a 

test sample cabinet and the wall of the 

test chamber or another simulated wall 

during testing. (Yashar, D.A. 

Repeatability of Energy Consumption 

Test Results for Compact Refrigerators, 

September 2000. U.S. Department of 

Commerce, National Institute of 

Standards and Technology, 

Gaithersburg, MD. NISTIR.6560, 

available at http://www.fire.nist.gov/ 

bfrlpubs/build00/PDF/b00055.pdf). The 

alternative instruction provided by the 

current procedure—i.e. ‘‘as determined 

by mechanical stops on the back of the 

cabinet’’—implies that a minimum 

distance from the wall applies. HRF–1– 

2008 provides greater specificity by 

providing that ‘‘the space between the 

back and the test room wall or 

simulated wall shall be the minimum 

distance in accordance with the 

manufacturer’s instructions or as 

determined by mechanical stops on the 

back of the cabinet.’’ (HRF–1–2008, 

section 5.5.2). 

Refining this requirement is 

particularly important for products 

equipped with static condensers, which 

rely on free convection (i.e. heat transfer 

by air movement induced by the 

buoyancy effects of temperature 

differences rather than by fans) to cool 

the condenser. Static condensers are 

generally mounted on the back of the 

refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer. 

Manufacturers of most full-size 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

have replaced static condensers with 

forced-convection condensers (fancooled condensers), which are generally 

mounted at the base of the refrigerator 

near the compressor. 

However, many manufacturers of 

compact refrigerators and freezers still 

use static condensers. Compact 

refrigerators are defined as refrigerators 

and freezers ‘‘with total volume less 

than 7.75 cubic feet * * * and 36 

inches * * * or less in height.’’ 10 CFR 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29832 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

part 430.2. While the performance of 

refrigeration products with static 

condensers tends to be sensitive to rear 

clearance, the performance of products 

with forced-convection condensers 

tends to be less sensitive to this factor. 

DOE believes that most refrigerators are 

installed with the back of the 

refrigerator positioned with at the 

minimum distance from the wall as 

specified in the manufacturer’s 

instructions. The limited potential for 

increasing exterior dimensions is often 

cited by the industry as a reason why 

increasing insulation thickness is not a 

viable design option to improve 

efficiency for these products. DOE noted 

this limitation in its technical support 

document that accompanied the 1997 

final rule. See 62 FR 23102 (April 28, 

1997) (noting that ‘‘[s]ince kitchen 

dimensions and designed spaces for 

refrigerator-freezers are limited, there 

are restrictions on increasing the 

exterior size of the product’’). (U.S. 

Department of Energy-Office of Codes 

and Standards, Technical Support 

Document: Energy Efficiency Standards 

for Consumer Products: Refrigerators, 

Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers, 

DOE/EE–0064, at 3–6 (July 1995)). If 

there were any significant space 

between the rear wall of the cabinet and 

the kitchen wall, this limitation would 

not be present. Accordingly, positioning 

a refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer more 

than the minimum distance from the 

wall may not produce repeatable or 

representative performance results 

during the representative average use 

cycle or period. 

DOE proposes to include in the test 

procedures of Appendices A1, B1, A, 

and B, the following language, which 

more thoroughly addresses clearance to 

the cabinet walls: 

2.9 The space between the back of the 

cabinet and the test room wall or simulated 

wall shall be the minimum distance in 

accordance with the manufacturer’s 

instructions. If the instructions do not specify 

a minimum distance, the cabinet shall be 

located such that the rear of the cabinet 

touches the test room wall or simulated wall. 

The test room wall facing the rear of the 

cabinet or the simulated wall shall be flat 

within @ inch, and vertical to within 1 degree. 

The cabinet shall be leveled to within 1 

degree of true level, and positioned with its 

rear wall parallel to the test chamber wall or 

simulated wall immediately behind the 

cabinet. Any simulated wall shall be solid 

and shall extend vertically from the floor to 

above the height of the cabinet and 

horizontally beyond both sides of the cabinet. 

The additional specifications in this 

proposed language, including touching 

the rear wall, flatness and vertical 

orientation of the wall behind the 

product, use of a solid wall (i.e. rather 

than a perforated wall or screen), size of 

the simulated wall, and product 

orientation to be level and parallel with 

the wall would collectively help ensure 

the consistent application of simulated 

walls in energy testing. DOE believes 

that these additional requirements are 

consistent with the current test 

procedures, as well as the clearance 

requirements found in HRF–1–1979 and 

HRF–1–2008, but have the added 

advantage of providing greater 

assurance that the intended product 

installation set-up is used for testing. 

DOE seeks comment on this approach. 

3. Alternative Compartment 

Temperature Sensor Locations 

The current test procedures indicate 

that temperature sensor locations shall 

be as indicated in HRF–1–1979, Figures 

7.1 and 7.2. (see for example Appendix 

A1, section 5.1). The test procedure 

indicates what a manufacturer would do 

in case the cabinet layout is not 

consistent with these figures: 

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet 

do not conform with those shown in Figure 

7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1–1979, measurements 

shall be taken at selected locations chosen to 

represent approximately the entire 

refrigerated compartment. The locations 

selected shall be a matter of record. 

Appendix A1, section 5.1 

In order to provide clearer 

instructions, and to avoid the potential 

for significant deviation from the 

standard temperature sensor locations, 

DOE proposes to modify this 

requirement, allowing manufacturer 

selection of new locations only for small 

deviations from the standard locations, 

and otherwise requiring a waiver to 

allow for the development of a new 

diagram addressing the new 

compartment configuration. DOE 

proposes the following amended text for 

section 5.1: 

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet 

do not conform with those shown in Figure 

7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1–1979, the product may 

be tested by relocating the temperature 

sensors from the locations specified in the 

Figures by no more than 2 inches to avoid 

interference with hardware or components 

within the cabinet, in which case the specific 

locations used for the temperature sensors 

shall be noted in the test data records 

maintained by the manufacturer in 

accordance with 10 CFR 430.62(d). For those 

products equipped with a cabinet that does 

not conform with Figures 7.1 or 7.2 and 

cannot be tested in the manner described 

above, the manufacturer must obtain a waiver 

under 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an 

acceptable test procedure for each such 

product. 

DOE expects that the processing of 

several such waivers and subsequent 

development and incorporation into the 

test procedures of new figures 

describing the test sensor location 

requirements for modified cabinet styles 

will help to improve energy testing 

consistency. DOE proposes to make 

these changes in Appendices A1 and 

B1, and to include these requirements in 

Appendices A and B. DOE seeks 

comment on the frequency of 

temperature sensor location revisions 

from the specifications of the figures of 

HRF–1–1979, and on whether the 

exception allowing for minor relocation 

of sensors is sufficient to limit to a 

reasonable level the potential number of 

waivers associated with the proposed 

requirement. 

In order to ensure that manufacturers 

make DOE aware of small changes in 

temperature sensor locations to avoid 

interference with internal hardware, 

DOE further proposes to include a 

requirement that manufacturers report 

that such a change has been made as 

part of the certification reporting 

requirements. This additional proposal 

is discussed in more detail in section 

III.D.14. 

4. Median Temperature Settings for 

Electronic Control Products 

The procedure related to temperature 

control settings is detailed in section 3 

of Appendix A1. The procedure 

specifies how to set thermostatic 

controls for the freezer and fresh food 

compartments of refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers to permit testing 

that yields results that are interpolated 

based on compartment temperatures to 

represent the energy use of these 

products when operated with the 

compartment temperatures set at the 

specified standardized temperatures. 

Interpolation in this context means 

calculating the energy use associated 

with a standardized compartment 

temperature using two tests. In one test, 

the compartment temperature is lower 

than the standardized temperature. In 

the other test, the compartment 

temperature is higher than the 

standardized temperature. This 

approach is used so that the test 

measurement can be based on the 

standardized temperature without 

requiring the numerous trial and error 

attempts it generally takes to exactly 

match this temperature during testing. 

Most refrigeration products have useroperable temperature controls, for 

which the procedures of section 3.2 

apply. While section 3.2 provides a 

number of alternative control setting 

options, the specific provisions of 

section 3.2.1 are most often applied 

because the provisions of sections 3.2.2 

and 3.2.3 have special conditions that 

typically do not apply, such as the 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29833 

1Auxiliary compartments could be entirely 

separate from the main two compartments of a 

typical refrigerator-freezer (the freezer compartment 

and the fresh food compartment), or they could be 

substantial-volume, separately-controllable 

compartments located within main compartments. 

In the latter case, they are referred to as ‘‘subcompartments’’ for the purposes of this discussion. 

inability to achieve the standardized 

temperature in the compartment. 

Section 3.2.1 currently specifies the 

adjustment of settings as follows: 

A first test shall be performed with all 

compartment temperature controls set at 

their median position midway between their 

warmest and coldest settings. Knob detents 

shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to 

attain a median setting. A second test shall 

be performed with all controls set at either 

their warmest or their coldest setting (not 

electrically or mechanically bypassed), 

whichever is appropriate, to attempt to 

achieve compartment temperatures measured 

during the two tests which bound (i.e., one 

is above and one is below) the standardized 

temperature for the type of product being 

tested. (10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

Appendix A1, section 3.2.1) 

DOE is aware of some issues 

associated with this procedure. First, 

the section describes the defeating of 

mechanical detents of controls that do 

not allow controls to be set in the 

median position. Many current products 

have electronic controls, which 

generally have setpoints indicating 

specific control temperatures. For these 

controls, an average of the coldest and 

warmest temperature settings is 

generally used as the median. However, 

in some cases there is no temperature 

setting exactly equal to this average, and 

the controls cannot be mechanically 

defeated as described in the procedure. 

To address this situation, DOE proposes 

to modify the test procedure language to 

specify that products equipped with 

such electronic controls be tested using 

one of the following three options: (1) 

Use of a setting equal to the average of 

the coldest and warmest settings, (2) use 

of the setting that is closest to this 

average, or (3) if there are two settings 

whose difference with the average is the 

same, use of the higher of these two 

such settings. This modification is being 

proposed for Appendices A1 and B1, 

and they would be retained for 

Appendices A and B. 

Additional issues and proposed 

amendments addressing them for 

Appendices A and B are discussed in 

section III.E.4. 

5. Test Procedures for Convertible 

Compartments and Special 

Compartments 

Manufacturers recently introduced 

refrigerator-freezers with compartments 

that consumers can convert from fresh 

food to freezer use and vice versa. 

Under the current DOE test procedure, 

which references section 7.4.2 of HRF– 

1–1979, ‘‘compartments which are 

convertible from refrigerator to freezer 

are operated in the highest energy usage 

position.’’ (This section of HRF–1–1979 

is referenced in Appendix A1, section 

2.2.) DOE believes that the highest 

energy use position would most likely 

be the freezer mode since additional 

energy is required to maintain the 

colder temperatures required for freezer 

use when compared to fresh food 

compartment use. However, DOE 

recognizes that the requirement does not 

clarify whether such a compartment is 

to be controlled as a freezer 

compartment, or whether the controls 

are to be set in the absolute highest 

energy position. 

To ascertain how manufacturers 

might be treating these compartments 

during testing, DOE examined data 

reported to the ENERGY STAR program, 

which are available at http://www.

energystar.gov/index.cfm?fuseaction=

refrig.display_products_excel. Based on 

DOE’s analysis of these data, the entries 

suggest that some manufacturers may 

have rated their own products based on 

the operation of these convertible 

compartments as fresh food 

compartments. DOE came to this 

conclusion after noticing that the 

calculated adjusted volume matches the 

reported adjusted volumes when the 

convertible compartment is treated as a 

fresh food compartment. Accordingly, to 

ensure manufacturer clarity, DOE 

proposes including the following 

language in section 2 of Appendices A1 

and A: ‘‘Compartments that are 

convertible (e.g,, from fresh food to 

freezer) shall be operated in [their] 

highest energy use position.’’ 

A related situation applies to special 

compartments that are not convertible 

from fresh food to freezer. The 

procedure for such compartments is also 

described in HRF–1–1979: 

Other temperature controllable 

compartments (such as crispers convertible 

to meat keepers and temperature adjustable 

meat keepers) are considered special 

compartments and are tested with controls 

set to provide the coldest temperature. (HRF– 

1–1979 section 7.4.2) 

To simplify the requirements of this 

provision, DOE proposes to add similar 

language as discussed above into section 

2 of Appendices A and A1: ‘‘Other 

temperature controllable compartments 

(such as crispers convertible to meat 

keepers), with the exception of butter 

conditioners, shall also be tested with 

controls set in the highest energy use 

position.’’ DOE believes that this 

language would retain the purpose 

contained in the original provisions (i.e. 

to maximize energy usage during energy 

efficiency testing) while simplifying the 

language of the procedure. 

DOE seeks comment on this proposed 

change to its procedure. 

6. Establishing a Temperature-Averaging 

Procedure for Auxiliary Compartments 

The current DOE test procedure 

defines a refrigerator-freezer as ‘‘a 

cabinet which consists of two or more 

compartments with at least one of the 

compartments designed for the 

refrigerated storage of food at 

temperatures above 32 °F and with at 

least one of the compartments designed 

for the freezing and storage of food at 

temperatures below 8 °F.’’ 10 CFR 430.2. 

Hence, a refrigerator-freezer includes at 

least one fresh food compartment and at 

least one freezer compartment. The 

definition does not specify the 

characteristics of any additional 

compartments. 

Some refrigeration products have an 

additional freezer compartment or an 

additional fresh food compartment, or 

both, and some have enclosed 

compartments within the primary 

compartments that have separate 

temperature controls and may represent 

a substantial fraction of the primary 

compartment volume. DOE notes that, 

with respect to the latter group of 

products, it is not yet proposing a value 

of this fraction (i.e. such as 25% or 

35%). However, this concept is 

necessary in order to distinguish such 

auxiliary compartments from the 

‘‘special compartments’’ discussed in 

section III.D.5. For the purposes of this 

discussion, auxiliary compartments are 

additional compartments in a 

refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer that 

are large enough that treatment as 

special compartments is not appropriate 

(generally, 2 cubic feet or greater).1

As discussed earlier in Section III.D.5, 

products with additional convertible 

compartments are examples of 

refrigerator-freezers equipped with more 

than two compartments. In such cases, 

the convertible compartment could be 

considered an auxiliary compartment. 

While the special compartments 

discussed in section III.D.5 would be 

tested with their controls set to the 

highest energy use position under the 

proposed test procedure modification, 

the compartments addressed in this 

section are relatively large (i.e. 2 cubic 

feet or larger) and represent instances in 

which employing the highest energy use 

position would be inappropriate. The 

requirements for setting such a 

compartment at the absolute highest 

energy use position are inappropriate 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29834 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

because (1) such a compartment would 

likely be used for general food storage 

rather than for a limited special purpose 

and (2) the energy use impact during 

testing when the controls are set for the 

absolute highest energy use position 

would be very significant and would not 

necessarily be consistent with consumer 

use. 

Both HRF–1–1979 and HRF–1–2008 

include definitions and special test 

procedures for special compartments. 

However, neither the current test 

procedure (i.e. setting them to their 

coldest temperature) nor the proposed 

one (i.e. setting them in the highest 

energy use position) would necessarily 

be consistent with the required 

representative average use cycles for 

compartments representing a substantial 

fraction of the product’s total 

refrigerated volume. DOE is not aware of 

many products currently being sold in 

the U.S. market that have auxiliary 

compartments. This section discusses 

issues associated with testing 

refrigerator-freezers with all such 

auxiliary compartments. 

DOE notes that a large drawer without 

separate temperature control that is 

located within a compartment would 

not be considered a sub-compartment 

for the purpose of this discussion. Such 

a drawer would be part of the 

compartment in which it is housed. In 

contrast, for the purposes of this 

discussion, a larger compartment with a 

separate door without separate 

temperature control would be 

considered an auxiliary compartment, 

since it is not part of any other 

compartment. Further, if one or more 

drawers or doors that open to the 

exterior serve a space inside a 

refrigeration product that is a single 

compartment, the status as a single 

compartment is not affected by the 

presence of the additional drawer(s) or 

door(s). 

While there is no size limit for 

classification as a special compartment 

under the current DOE test procedure, 

and DOE is not currently proposing 

such a limit, DOE seeks comment on 

whether such a size limit should be 

imposed, and what the size limit should 

be. 

As discussed in section III.D.5, the 

DOE test procedures require that a 

convertible auxiliary compartment must 

be tested in the ‘‘highest energy usage 

position.’’ However, the current test 

procedures do not state whether the 

temperature for the compartment must 

be set at a level to ensure energy use is 

at its absolute maximum, or whether the 

temperature must be the standardized 

test temperature for the higher energy 

use compartment type (5 °F for a freezer 

compartment and 45 °F for a fresh food 

compartment for the current DOE test 

procedures). DOE proposes that a 

convertible auxiliary compartment with 

separate exterior doors be tested as a 

freezer compartment or fresh food 

compartment, depending on which of 

these represents the highest energy 

usage position. For these compartments, 

and for nonconvertible auxiliary 

compartments with separate exterior 

doors whose operating temperature 

range specifies their status as freezer or 

fresh food compartments, DOE proposes 

that these energy measurements be 

determined based on the compartment’s 

standardized temperature. 

In contrast, DOE proposes that subcompartments (i.e., auxiliary 

compartments located entirely within 

main compartments) be tested with their 

settings in the absolute highest energy 

use position. Although the discussion of 

this section is intended to address large 

sub-compartments, the common subcompartments with separate 

temperature controls found in U.S. 

refrigerator-freezer products usually 

occupy a relatively small portion of the 

fresh food compartment. Examples 

include ice compartments, meat 

drawers, deli drawers, and butter 

conditioning compartments. Hence, 

DOE believes that the proposed 

procedures for special compartments 

described in section III.D.5 (i.e. that the 

consumer-adjustable setting be in its 

highest energy-use position) are 

appropriate for these compartments. 

In contrast, auxiliary compartments 

that have their own external doors often 

have large volumes, which are 

comparable to the volumes of other 

compartments associated with the 

products. An example of such a product 

is the Samsung RM257ACRS, which has 

an 11.8 cubic foot fresh food 

compartment, a 7.0 cubic foot freezer 

compartment, and two convertible 

compartments of volumes 3.5 and 2.3 

cubic feet. 

Given that auxiliary compartments 

with external doors would be tested as 

either freezer or fresh food 

compartments, requirements must be 

established for (1) temperature settings 

during testing, (2) measurement of 

auxiliary compartment temperature, and 

(3) incorporation of the auxiliary 

compartment temperature in the 

calculation of energy consumption. To 

address these issues, DOE proposes the 

following changes: 

(1) Temperature settings, generally— 

Consistent with current temperature 

setting requirements, the temperature 

settings for auxiliary compartments with 

external doors that have individual 

temperature control capability would be 

the same median, cold, or warm setting 

required for all compartments when 

performing testing as described in 

section III.D.4. 

(2) Auxiliary compartment 

temperature measurements— 

Measurement of compartment 

temperature during testing is done using 

temperature sensors. The placement of 

temperature sensors (typically 

thermocouples) is specified in HRF–1– 

1979 in section 7.4.3.2 and Figure 7.1 

for fresh food compartments and in 

section 7.4.3.3 and Figure 7.2 for freezer 

compartments. The DOE test procedures 

incorporate by reference these sections 

of HRF–1–1979. They provide further 

instructions on determination of 

compartment temperature, stating that 

the ‘‘measured temperature of a 

compartment is to be the average of all 

sensor temperature readings taken in 

that compartment at a particular time.’’ 

(10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix 

A1, section 5.1.1), and the 

‘‘compartment temperature for each test 

period shall be an average of the 

measured temperatures taken in a 

compartment during a complete cycle or 

several complete cycles of the 

compressor motor (one compressor 

cycle is one complete motor ‘on’ and 

one complete motor ‘off’ period).’’ Id. at 

section 5.1.2. The same procedures for 

measuring the compartment 

temperature during testing would be 

used for auxiliary compartments with 

external doors. 

(3) Incorporation of auxiliary 

compartment temperature 

measurements in the test procedure 

calculations—Calculation of freezer 

temperature for a product with more 

than one freezer compartment 

(including one or more auxiliary freezer 

compartments with external doors) 

would be a weighted average of the 

compartment temperatures measured 

within each freezer compartment. The 

weighting factors for this average would 

be the calculated compartment volumes. 

Likewise, calculation of fresh food 

temperature for a product with more 

than one fresh food compartment 

(including one or more auxiliary fresh 

food compartments with external doors) 

would be a volume-weighted average of 

the measured compartment 

temperatures. These freezer and fresh 

food temperatures would be used both 

in the determination of the appropriate 

temperature settings for subsequent 

testing, and in the energy use 

calculation. The calculation of daily 

energy consumption, described for 

refrigerators or refrigerator-freezers in 

section 6.2.2 of Appendix A1, uses the 

freezer or fresh food compartment 

temperature in the equation. This 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29835 

approach would be adopted for 

auxiliary compartments using the 

volume-weighted average temperatures. 

DOE proposes these amendments to 

address auxiliary compartments with 

external doors in Appendices A1 and A. 

DOE proposes similar amendments to 

address auxiliary compartments of 

freezers in Appendices B1 and B. DOE 

further proposes a definition for 

‘‘separate auxiliary compartments’’ to 

refer to these auxiliary compartments 

with external doors that would be 

treated in the test procedures as 

described in this section. This definition 

would read as follows: 

‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ means a 

freezer compartment or a fresh food 

compartment of a refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer having more than two compartments 

that is not the first freezer compartment or 

the first fresh food compartment. Access to 

a separate auxiliary compartment is through 

a separate exterior door or doors rather than 

through the door or doors of another 

compartment. Separate auxiliary 

compartments may be convertible (e.g,, from 

fresh food to freezer). 

DOE seeks comment on this proposed 

approach. 

7. Modified Definition for Anti-Sweat 

Heater 

The DOE test procedure for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

defines an ‘‘anti-sweat heater’’ as ‘‘a 

device incorporated into the design of a 

refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer to 

prevent the accumulation of moisture 

on exterior surfaces of the cabinet under 

conditions of high ambient humidity.’’ 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix 

A1, section 1.3. (This accumulated 

moisture is commonly referred to as 

‘‘sweat’’, and the process of 

accumulation of such moisture is called 

‘‘sweating’’.) Similarly, the DOE test 

procedure for freezers defines an ‘‘antisweat heater’’ as ‘‘a device incorporated 

into the design of a freezer to prevent 

the accumulation of moisture on 

exterior surfaces of the cabinet under 

conditions of high ambient humidity.’’ 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix 

B1, section 1.2. Some refrigeratorfreezers also use anti-sweat heaters to 

prevent moisture accumulation on 

internal surfaces of the cabinet. In 

particular, manufacturers of French 

door refrigerator-freezers with through 

the door (TTD) ice service have used 

anti-sweat heaters to prevent 

accumulation of moisture inside the 

fresh food compartment near the air 

duct that carries refrigerated air to the 

ice compartment. 

In DOE’s view, to obtain consistency 

and an accurate measurement of all 

energy consuming components, the antisweat heater regulations should apply to 

any anti-sweat heater regardless of the 

heater location. To ensure that this 

result occurs, DOE proposes to modify 

the definitions of anti-sweat heater for 

both the refrigerator and refrigeratorfreezer test procedures and for the 

freezer test procedures to apply to both 

interior and exterior surfaces. DOE 

proposes to make these changes in 

Appendices A1 and B1, and to include 

these modified definitions in 

Appendices A and B. 

This proposed modification does not 

change the test procedure. Rather, it 

clarifies that interior heaters used to 

prevent sweating are to be treated as 

anti-sweat heaters for purposes of 

calculating energy usage under the 

procedure. 

DOE seeks comment on this proposed 

clarification. 

Additionally, in DOE’s view, the 

current and proposed definitions of an 

anti-sweat heater encompass devices 

that prevent moisture accumulation. 

However, DOE is considering modifying 

the anti-sweat heater definition to 

indicate that a heater that prevents the 

accumulation of moisture, irrespective 

of whether that heater is designated as 

an anti-sweat heater, should be defined 

as an anti-sweat heater. DOE is 

interested in whether additional 

specificity is required to bring further 

clarity to this concept, and seeks public 

comment. 

8. Testing With the Anti-Sweat Heater 

Switch Turned Off 

The energy conservation standards for 

refrigeration products are based on 

annual energy use calculated for these 

products. The annual energy use is 

calculated based on a ‘‘standard cycle,’’ 

which is defined as ‘‘the cycle type in 

which the anti-sweat heater control, 

when provided, is set in the highest 

energy consuming position.’’ This term 

is applied throughout the regulatory 

provisions governing refrigeration 

products. See, e.g, 10 CFR 430.23(a)(5) 

and (b)(5) (applying the term ‘‘standard 

cycle’’), 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

Appendix A1, section 1.7 (defining 

‘‘standard cycle’’ for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers), and 10 CFR part 

430, subpart B, Appendix B1, section 

1.5 (defining ‘‘standard cycle’’ for 

freezers). 

In contrast, the annual operating cost, 

which serves as the basis for the figures 

reported on the Federal Trade 

Commission’s EnergyGuide label, can be 

calculated based on the average of 

energy consumption test results using 

the standard cycle and a cycle with the 

anti-sweat heater switch positioned as it 

is when shipped from the factory. See 

10 CFR 430.23(a)(2) and (b)(2). DOE 

understands that most manufacturers 

test refrigeration products equipped 

with anti-sweat heater switches in this 

fashion, and use the same results for 

reporting both energy use and annual 

operating cost. 

DOE added the energy use calculation 

requirements to the test procedure on 

February 7, 1989. 54 FR 6062. At the 

time of the final rule’s publication, the 

annual operating cost calculation had 

already been established in the test 

procedure. The final rule, however, did 

not discuss the different treatment 

between the calculation for energy use 

and the calculation of annual operating 

cost. 

It is unclear to DOE whether a need 

exists for the distinction between the 

annual operating cost and the energy 

use calculations. Accordingly, DOE is 

proposing to modify the calculation for 

annual energy use to ensure consistency 

with the annual operating cost 

calculation. These changes would be 

implemented by making changes to 10 

CFR 430.23(a) and 10 CFR 430.23(b). 

This test procedure modification 

would not affect the way manufacturers 

test products to establish their ratings or 

alter the measured energy use of these 

products. 

9. Incorporation of Test Procedures for 

Products With Variable Anti-Sweat 

Heating Control Waivers 

On February 27, 2008, DOE published 

a decision and order granting GE with 

a waiver from the DOE test procedure 

(‘‘GE waiver’’) to allow the company to 

use a modified test procedure for a line 

of appliances that use ambient 

condition sensors to adjust the wattage 

of anti-sweat heaters. 73 FR 10425. 

These sensors use the detected humidity 

levels to adjust anti-sweat heater 

operation to prevent condensation. DOE 

granted a similar waiver to Whirlpool 

Corporation on May 5, 2009. 74 FR 

20695. DOE published a petition for a 

third such waiver from Electrolux Home 

Products, Inc. (Electrolux) and granted 

the application for an interim waiver on 

June 4, 2009. 74 FR 26853. This waiver 

was granted on December 15, 2009. 74 

FR 66338. Electrolux also submitted a 

petition to extend the initial waiver to 

additional products—DOE published 

this petition and granted the associated 

application for an interim waiver on 

December 15, 2009. 74 FR 66344. 

Samsung also petitioned DOE for a 

waiver for this type of control for antisweat heaters. The Samsung petition 

was published and the associated 

application for interim waiver granted 

on December 15, 2009. 74 FR 66340. 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29836 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

Because ambient humidity of the test 

chamber is not specified in the DOE test 

procedures, the current test procedure is 

unable to accurately determine the 

annual energy use contribution of antisweat heaters. The test procedure 

allowed under the GE waiver involves 

(1) conducting energy testing with the 

anti-sweat heater switch in the ‘‘off’’ 

position, and (2) adding a correction 

factor to account for the additional 

energy use associated with the antisweat heater for a standard cycle (i.e., a 

cycle with the anti-sweat heater switch 

in the ‘‘on’’ position). 73 FR 10427. 

While the test procedure allowed under 

the GE waiver assumes that the antisweat heater operates on a switch that 

can turn off the heater, this feature 

would not necessarily be present on all 

products equipped with variable antisweat heater control systems. 

The test procedure allowed under the 

GE waiver specifies calculation of the 

correction factor as follows: 

Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat 

Heater Power × System-loss Factor) × 

(24 hrs/1 day) × (1 kW/1000 W) 

Where: Anti-sweat Heater Power 

= A1 * (Heater Watts at 5%RH) 

+ A2 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH) 

+ A3 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH) 

+ A4 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH) 

+ A5 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH) 

+ A6 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH) 

+ A7 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH) 

+ A8 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH) 

+ A9 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH) 

+ A10 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH) 

Where A1–A10 are from the following table: 

A1 = 0.034 

A2 = 0.211 

A3 = 0.204 

A4 = 0.166 

A5 = 0.126 

A6 = 0.119 

A7 = 0.069 

A8 = 0.047 

A9 = 0.008 

A10 = 0.015 

73 FR 10427 

The System-Loss Factor noted in the 

above calculation accounts for 

additional energy use (a) of the 

refrigeration system to overcome the 

increased cabinet load imposed by the 

anti-sweat heater, and (b) of the controls 

associated with the anti-sweat heater. 73 

FR 10427. The GE waiver specifies a 

System-Loss Factor of 1.3, based on 

experience-related data developed by 

GE. Factors A1 through A10 represent 

the national average frequency of 

occurrence for various ambient relative 

humidity ranges that a refrigerator is 

likely to experience in a typical 

consumer household. GE determined 

these factors based on 30 years of 

weather data for 50 major population 

centers within the United States. 73 FR 

10427. The GE waiver defines the 

Heater Watts parameter of Equation 1 as 

‘‘the nominal watts used by all heaters 

at that specific relative humidity, 72 °F 

ambient, and DOE reference 

temperatures of fresh food (FF) average 

temperature of 45 °F and freezer (FZ) 

average temperature of 5 °F.’’ 73 FR 

10427. 

However, the alternate test procedure 

permitted under the GE waiver does not 

state how the Heater Watts parameter is 

determined during an energy test 

conducted under the waiver. It also does 

not disclose the associated number of 

heater-watts for each product equipped 

with variable anti-sweat control 

features. Hence, it would be impossible 

to independently verify published 

energy consumption measured under 

the GE, Whirlpool, Electrolux, or 

Samsung waivers. To address these 

deficiencies, DOE is proposing to 

incorporate a modified version of the GE 

waiver procedure into Appendices A 

and A1. 

Proposed Amendment 

DOE proposes amending its test 

procedures to require measurements of 

variable anti-sweat heater energy 

contribution under various specific 

ambient air conditions to permit 

laboratory verification of the resulting 

energy consumption estimates. DOE 

also proposes using the relative 

humidity factors A1 through A10 

established in the GE waiver. The 

proposed changes would be 

implemented by modifications in 

various sections of Appendix A1, which 

would also be implemented in 

Appendix A. These humidity factors 

represent the national average frequency 

of the relative humidity levels for 

refrigeration product ambient 

conditions. While field test data 

corroborating the methodology for 

determining typical consumer 

household humidity levels were not 

provided as part of the waiver petition, 

DOE is unaware of more accurate or 

comprehensive information to better 

represent field conditions. 

Although the GE waiver includes a 

calculation involving ten relative 

humidities, testing to determine 

performance of variable anti-sweat 

heater control systems would not 

require ten separate measurements. The 

proposed approach is based on the fact 

that the rate of heat energy input 

supplied by the electric anti-sweat 

heaters required to prevent 

condensation at a fixed ambient 

temperature and compartment 

temperature should vary linearly with 

dew point temperature (i.e., the 

temperature of a given mixture of dry air 

and water vapor at 100% relative 

humidity). This means that the wattage 

increment associated with the heater 

control system needs to be determined 

for only two humidity conditions. DOE 

defines this type of anti-sweat heater 

control as ‘‘ideal’’. 

Based on DOE’s analysis, at a fixed 

ambient air dry-bulb temperature such 

as the 72 °F ambient specified in the GE 

waiver, ideal anti-sweat heater power 

varies linearly as a function of dew 

point temperature, increasing from zero 

power at some dew point temperature 

lower than the ambient dry bulb 

temperature (i.e., at low relative 

humidity) to a maximum requirement at 

a dew point temperature equal to the 

ambient dry bulb temperature (i.e., at 

100% relative humidity). DOE 

conducted this analysis for a surface 

that (1) loses heat to the refrigerator 

interior at a rate proportional to the 

difference in temperature between the 

surface and the interior, (2) gains heat 

from the ambient air at a rate 

proportional to the difference in 

temperature between the ambient air 

and the surface, and (3) gains a 

controlled amount of heat from the antisweat heater to maintain the surface at 

a fixed small temperature difference 

(such as 1 °F) above the dew-point 

temperature of the ambient air. 

One can establish correlations for the 

ideal heater wattage once the heat-flow 

characteristics from the heated surfaces 

to the refrigerator interior and the 

ambient air are understood. The linear 

nature of these correlations with respect 

to ambient dew point suggests that tests 

conducted at a limited number of 

ambient humidity conditions could 

provide sufficient information about the 

operating characteristics of a variable 

anti-sweat heating system. Based on 

DOE’s analysis, for operation in a 

normal ambient near 72 °F, the freezer 

compartment of a typical refrigeratorfreezer should require no anti-sweat 

heating at relative humidities below 

roughly 50 percent and the fresh food 

compartment of a typical refrigeratorfreezer should require no anti-sweat 

heating at relative humidities below 

roughly 65 percent. However, the actual 

relative humidity at which no antisweat heat is needed would vary among 

products and even at different surfaces 

of the same product, depending on 

design details. 

DOE proposes to amend the DOE test 

procedures to determine the 

incremental energy contribution of the 

variable anti-sweat heater in the manner 

described below. 

a. DOE proposes specifying that tests 

be conducted in a chamber with both 

temperature and humidity control to 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29837 

verify the behavior of the variable antisweat heater control. Three tests would 

be conducted, as described below. 

i. Ambient Conditions: The tests 

would be conducted in a chamber 

controlled to 72 ± 1 °F dry bulb 

temperature, at three different relative 

humidities, 95 ± 2 percent, 65 ± 2 

percent, and 25 ± 10 percent. DOE 

proposes wide tolerances in the relative 

humidity for the 25 percent relative 

humidity test because it is expected that 

the anti-sweat heater would be turned 

off throughout this range of conditions, 

thus obviating the need for tight control. 

The 25 percent relative humidity test 

would determine energy use of the 

refrigerator-freezer with the anti-sweat 

heaters turned off in the 72 °F dry bulb 

condition specified for these tests. The 

difference in energy use measured 

during this test and energy use 

measured during the tests conducted at 

65 percent and 95 percent relative 

humidities would be the energy use 

contribution of the anti-sweat heaters at 

the higher humidities. 

ii. Cabinet Temperatures: Appendix 

A1, as amended, would specify cabinet 

temperatures of 5 ± 2 °F in the freezer 

compartment and 38 ± 2 °F in the fresh 

food compartment for the variable antisweat heater tests. Appendix A would 

specify cabinet temperatures of 0 °F 

± 2 °F in the freezer compartment and 

39 °F ± 2 °F in the fresh food 

compartment, consistent with the new 

compartment temperatures prescribed 

in HRF–1–2008. These modified cabinet 

temperatures would be more consistent 

with the modified standardized cabinet 

temperatures used for all of the testing 

conducted under Appendix A. 

iii. Test Period: Each test would be 

similar to an energy test for a 

refrigerator without automatic defrost 

(as described in section 4.1.1 of 10 CFR 

part 430 subpart B Appendix A1), 

including compressor cycling but no 

defrost cycles. 

iv. Stabilization: The test would 

require waiting to achieve steady state 

conditions as the test starts. However, 

for each test that is conducted 

immediately following another test in 

which the ambient dry bulb temperature 

is maintained between tests, the 

standard stabilization period may be 

waived, and the test can proceed two 

hours after the required ambient 

humidity conditions have been 

established. 

b. The energy use in kilowatt-hours 

per day for the 25-percent relative 

humidity test would be subtracted from 

the energy use per day for the 95- 

percent and 65-percent relative 

humidity tests to determine energy use 

contributions of the anti-sweat heaters 

at 95-percent and 65-percent relative 

humidities. 

c. DOE proposes calculating the antisweat heater energy contributions for 

the same ten relative humidities 

specified in the GE waiver based on the 

measured energy use contributions of 

the variable anti-sweat heaters at 95- 

percent and 65-percent relative 

humidity, assuming that the anti-sweat 

heater energy contribution varies 

linearly with dew point, but with a 

minimum energy contribution of zero 

kilowatt-hours (i.e., the anti-sweat 

heater cannot have negative energy use, 

which would represent electric energy 

generation). The correction factor would 

be calculated using the ten RH factors 

(A1 through A10), but without using the 

system adjustment factor (1.3 in the GE 

waiver) and without converting from 

watts to kilowatt-hours. 

d. The correction factor would be 

added to the energy use measured for a 

normal energy test as conducted in 90 °F 

ambient temperature. 

e. For a product with an anti-sweat 

heater switch, DOE proposes to require 

that all tests be conducted with the 

switch in the on position, in order to 

ensure proper measurement of the 

energy use associated with the ambient 

sensing functions of the variable antisweat heating control, and to reduce the 

possibility of circumvention associated 

with the switch—i.e. using this switch 

to control heaters or components other 

than the anti-sweat heater. In order to 

ensure that the anti-sweat heater itself is 

not energized during the normal energy 

test conducted in 90 °F ambient 

conditions, this energy test would be 

conducted in a chamber with 

sufficiently low humidity to prevent 

activation of the heater. DOE proposes 

adding the following language to 

Appendix A1, section 2.1: ‘‘If the 

product being tested has variable antisweat heater control, the ambient 

relative humidity shall be no more than 

35%.’’ 

f. DOE proposes eliminating the 

averaging of tests with the anti-sweat 

heater switch on and off for products 

with variable anti-sweat heater control. 

The GE waiver specifies that the 

correction factor for the energy use 

associated with the variable anti-sweat 

heaters would be applied to the 

standard cycle. 73 FR 10427. Under the 

current test procedure, the standard 

cycle is a cycle with the anti-sweat 

heater switch turned on. (10 CFR part 

430, subpart B, appendix A1, section 

1.7). The calculation of annual operating 

cost for a product with an anti-sweat 

heater switch is based on an average of 

a test with (1) the switch set in its 

position just prior to shipping from the 

factory (typically off) and (2) a test of 

the standard cycle. 10 CFR 430.23(a)(2). 

However, this approach of averaging 

of the standard cycle and the cycle for 

a test with the anti-sweat heater switch 

turned off is inappropriate for products 

with variable anti-sweat heater control 

because the position of the switch 

would impact the operation of the antisweat heaters only during times when 

ambient conditions are sufficiently 

humid to trigger the operation of the 

anti-sweat heater. For this reason, it is 

unlikely that the switch would be 

moved to the off position during times 

when it could save energy. Hence, it is 

unlikely that the anti-sweat heater 

switch could generate any significant 

energy savings in addition to the savings 

provided by the variable control. 

Accordingly, DOE proposes to eliminate 

the averaging of tests with the antisweat heater switch turned on and with 

the switch turned off for products 

equipped with variable anti-sweat 

heating. 

The above proposed modifications to 

the test procedure to address variable 

anti-sweat heater control would be 

made in both Appendices A1 and A. 

DOE is proposing at this time to 

implement the variable anti-sweat 

heater test only for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers because of the 

limited use of electric anti-sweat heaters 

in freezers. DOE seeks comments as to 

whether a similar requirement in 

Appendices B1 and B should also apply 

to freezers. 

DOE seeks comments regarding the 

proposed test procedures for 

measurement of energy use of products 

with variable anti-sweat heater control. 

10. Modification of Long-Time and 

Variable Defrost Test Method To 

Capture Precooling Energy 

DOE is proposing to modify the test 

method for products with long-time or 

variable defrost to capture precooling 

energy. Precooling involves cooling the 

compartment(s) of a refrigerator-freezer 

to temperatures significantly lower than 

the user-selected temperature settings 

prior to an automatic defrost cycle. 

Before DOE established test procedures 

for long-time defrost (defrost control in 

which compressor run time between 

defrosts exceeds 14 hours) and variable 

defrost (defrost control in which the 

time interval between defrosts is 

adjusted based on the need, i.e. on the 

amount of moisture collecting on the 

evaporator as frost), the DOE test 

procedures had captured energy use 

associated with defrost by specifying 

that duration of an energy test be ‘‘from 

one point during a defrost period to the 

same point during the next defrost 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29838 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

period.’’ 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

Appendix A1, section 4.1.2. In 1982, 

DOE amended the test procedures to 

include the alternative procedure for 

long-time defrost (section 4.1.2.1 of 

Appendix A1) to accommodate long 

periods of time between defrosts (i.e. 

significantly greater than 24 hours of 

test time) without making the energy 

test period unduly burdensome. 47 FR 

34517 (August 10, 1982). 

The current long-time defrost test 

consists of two parts. The first part 

measures the steady cycling energy use 

of the refrigerator-freezer with no 

contribution from the defrost cycle. The 

second part measures all of the energy 

use contribution associated with the 

defrost cycle. The equation for total 

energy use for a 24-hour period 

combines these two energy use 

contributions and weights the 

measurement of the second part of the 

test based on the reciprocal of 

compressor run time between defrosts. 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix 

A1, section 5.2.1.2. 

The variable defrost test, introduced 

in 1989, accommodates even longer 

times between defrosts compared to the 

time periods in the long-time defrost 

test. (See 54 FR 36238 discussing 

calculated values of CT (hours of 

compressor run time between defrosts to 

be used in the equation for energy 

consumption) with values ranging from 

28.96 to 45 hours, as compared to 

approximately 14 hours for long-time 

defrost). The current DOE test 

procedures provide an optional step 

(Part 3) to measure the mean time 

between defrosts based on ‘‘typical’’ 

ambient and door-opening conditions. 

This optional step would be used in 

cases where a manufacturer chooses to 

measure the mean time between defrosts 

rather than using the default value 

prescribed by the test procedure. 10 CFR 

part 430, subpart B, Appendix A1. 

When DOE first introduced the test 

method for long-time defrost in 1982, 

few refrigerator-freezers, if any, 

employed electronic controls. Instead, 

refrigerator-freezers controlled defrost 

using mechanical defrost controllers. 

Because of their simpler nature, 

mechanical defrost controllers are 

incapable of performing any of the more 

complex control functions handled by 

models equipped with electronic 

controls. 

On August 3, 2001, DOE granted an 

interim test procedure waiver to 

Electrolux Home Products (Electrolux) 

for products that use a sophisticated 

control algorithm. 66 FR 40689. The 

associated test procedure modification 

was incorporated into the DOE test 

procedure on March 7, 2003. 68 FR 

10957. The modified procedure allows a 

delay between the end of the last 

compressor on-cycle and the start of the 

defrost cycle. This delay saves energy by 

allowing the evaporator to warm 

naturally after the compressor turns off. 

66 FR 40690. The modified test method 

only applies to products using long-time 

or variable defrost. If such a control 

strategy were applied to a product not 

equipped with long-time or variable 

defrost, the product would be tested in 

accordance with Appendix A1, section 

4.1.2, which specifies a test period 

‘‘from one point during a defrost period 

to the same point during the next 

defrost period.’’ Such a test would 

measure the reduction in energy use 

from the natural warming of the 

evaporator, making this modified 

procedure unnecessary. 

Precooling before defrost also requires 

a more sophisticated control system 

than a defrost timer. A precooling 

control system initiates an extra long 

compressor run (i.e. a compressor oncycle that continues for at least 10% of 

the length of a typical compressor oncycle after the compartment temperature 

has dropped down to the temperature at 

which the compressor typically turns off 

during steady state cycling operation 

between defrosts) before the defrost 

cycle to reduce the temperature of the 

cabinet or one of its compartments 

significantly more than would occur 

during a normal compressor cycle. 

Precooling before defrost may prevent 

unacceptable increases in freezer 

compartment temperature during the 

defrost cycle. Precooling will also 

reduce the recovery time after a defrost 

cycle, which could reduce the measured 

energy use of the recovery portion of the 

defrost cycle. However, the long time 

automatic defrost test procedure does 

not consider the energy use of 

compressor operation to provide 

precooling, since the second part of the 

test starts after compressor operation 

has stopped but prior to the initiation of 

a defrost cycle. The measured energy 

use of a refrigerator-freezer or freezer 

using precooling before the defrost cycle 

may underrepresent the product’s actual 

energy consumption. 

DOE intends for its test procedures to 

capture all of the energy use associated 

with defrost and to provide results that 

accurately represent the energy use of 

the product by consumers. In light of 

this intent and the recognized 

limitations present in the current 

procedure, DOE proposes modifying the 

test method for long-time defrost in a 

manner consistent with what Fisher 

Paykel suggested in its comment to the 

Electrolux petition for waiver 

mentioned above. 68 FR 10958. Fisher 

Paykel proposed amending the third 

sentence of section 4.1.2.1 of the test 

procedure to read as follows: ‘‘The 

second part would start at the last 

compressor off [-cycle] that is part of 

steady-state operation (or at a point still 

within stable operation if there are no 

temperature swings) before a defrost is 

initiated * * *.’’ 68 FR 10958. 

Currently, section 4.1.2.1 calls for the 

second part of the test to start either 

when the defrost heater is energized or 

at the end of the last compressor oncycle prior to defrost. If this last 

compressor on-cycle is an extended run 

for precooling, its energy use impact 

will be captured neither in the first part 

nor the second part of the test. 

Amending the test procedure as 

described would enable the test to 

capture such an increase in compressor 

run time needed to accomplish 

precooling before the defrost cycle 

occurs. 

The language suggested by FisherPaykel addressing the ‘‘no temperature 

swings’’ scenario apparently referred to 

systems with variable-speed 

compressors that modulate capacity 

over a wide range such that the 

compressor operates at a low speed but 

does not turn off during steady-state 

operation between defrosts. DOE is 

aware that such products have been 

commercialized. However, DOE believes 

that the instructions suggested by Fisher 

Paykel for this type of operation are not 

sufficiently clear to ensure consistent 

application of the test procedure 

because such stable operation has not 

been defined. DOE proposes to clarify 

that the second part of the test would 

start when the compartment 

temperatures are within their measured 

ranges during steady state operation or 

within 0.5 °F of their average 

temperature during steady state 

operation if this range is 1 °F or less 

when testing products that do not 

experience compressor off cycles during 

steady-state operation between defrosts. 

Language addressing the end of the 

second part of the test for products for 

which there is no compressor off-cycle 

between defrosts is not needed, because 

this possibility is already addressed by 

the maximum time for the test of 4 

hours after the defrost heater is first 

energized. 

Accordingly, DOE proposes 

modifying the description of the long 

time automatic defrost test procedure 

found in section 4.1.2.1 as follows for 

Appendices A1, A, B1, and B: 

4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the two-part test 

described in this section may be used. The 

first part is the same as the test for a unit 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29839 

having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). 

The second part starts when the compressor 

turns off at the end of a period of steady-state 

cycling operation just before initiation of the 

defrost control sequence. If the compressor 

does not cycle during steady-state operation 

between defrosts, the second part starts at a 

time when the compartment temperatures are 

within their ranges measured during steady 

state operation, or within 0.5 °F of the 

average during steady state operation for a 

compartment with a temperature range 

during steady state operation no greater than 

1 °F. This control sequence may include 

additional compressor operation prior to 

energizing the defrost heater. The second part 

terminates when the compressor turns on the 

second time after the defrost control 

sequence or 4 hours after the defrost heater 

is energized, whichever occurs first. See 

Figure 1. 

In conjunction with these changes, 

DOE proposes modifying the current 

illustration in Appendix A1, which 

shows how to measure long-time defrost 

and would be modified to reflect the 

proposed language discussed above. 

DOE also proposes adding a second 

illustration showing the appropriate 

measurement technique when there is 

precooling. These amendments are 

proposed for both Appendices A1 and 

A. 

DOE anticipates that these proposed 

modifications could affect the energy 

use measurement for those products that 

employ precooling. However, these 

products represent a minority of the 

products available on the market. 

Adjustment of energy use standards to 

address the small increase in the 

measurement for these products would 

be a relaxation of energy use standards 

for all other products. If an adjustment 

were made to accommodate the 

minority of products with precooling, 

the energy use of a given product class 

would be increased. This would 

represent an increase in allowable 

energy use for the majority of products 

of the class for which the new test 

would make no change in measured 

energy use. 

DOE is aware that sophisticated 

control systems could be used to reduce 

the energy use measured in the second 

part of the test through the use of partial 

temperature recovery after the defrost, 

followed later by a full recovery. This 

control scheme cuts short the first oncycle of the compressor after the defrost 

heater has been energized, before 

cabinet temperatures recover fully. The 

second part of the test then stops when 

the compressor starts operating a second 

time. The second compressor on-cycle is 

allowed to run long enough for full 

cabinet temperature recovery, but this 

additional energy use is not captured in 

the test. A number of options could be 

considered to address this issue 

including, but not limited to, the 

following: (1) Requiring the recovery to 

continue until the average freezer 

temperature is within a specified 

temperature difference of the average 

lowest temperature attained during 

steady-state cycling operation, 

(2) requiring that the test continue for a 

specified extended time period after 

completion of defrost, and (3) requiring 

that the average temperature of the 

compartment during the second part of 

the test be incorporated into the freezer 

temperature calculation. DOE requests 

comments on whether consideration 

should be given to further modification 

of the test to avoid partial recovery and, 

if so, what type of changes would be 

appropriate. 

11. Establishing Test Procedures for 

Multiple Defrost Cycle Types 

DOE is aware of products that use 

more than one control sequence for 

defrost cycles. Examples include 

products with refrigeration systems 

equipped with a single compressor and 

two evaporators, in which the 

evaporators have different defrost 

frequencies. Each defrost cycle type may 

have a different control sequence. For 

example, one defrost cycle type may 

involve defrosting the freezer evaporator 

while another may involve defrosting 

the fresh food evaporator. Alternatively, 

one defrost cycle type may involve 

defrosting both evaporators, while 

another may involve defrosting the fresh 

food evaporator, which may require 

more frequent defrost cycles. The 

current test procedures do not address 

products that employ these types of 

defrost cycles. DOE proposes to remedy 

this omission by defining the term 

‘‘defrost cycle type’’ as follows. 

‘‘Defrost cycle type’’ means a distinct 

sequence of control whose function is to 

remove frost and/or ice from a refrigerated 

surface. There may be variations in the 

sequence of control for defrost such as the 

number of defrost heaters energized. Each 

such variation establishes a separate distinct 

defrost cycle type. 

In cases where these systems use 

automatic defrost control with less than 

fourteen hours of compressor run time 

between defrosts for all defrost cycle 

types, and in which compressor run 

hours for distinct defrost cycle types are 

multiples of each other (e.g., the freezer 

defrost occurs every 12 hours of 

compressor run time and the fresh food 

defrost occurs every 6 hours of 

compressor run time), the automatic 

defrost test procedure of 10 CFR 430, 

subpart B, Appendix A1, section 4.1.2 

applies. This procedure includes a 

single test period, which lasts ‘‘from one 

point during a defrost period to the 

same point during the next defrost 

period.’’ (10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

appendix A1 section 4.1.2). As currently 

written, the defrost period can be 

interpreted as being associated with the 

defrost cycle type with the longest 

compressor run time between defrosts, 

which would enable the test procedure 

to measure all energy use, including the 

defrost energy use of the product. DOE 

proposes to amend the language in the 

current procedure to ensure that the 

defrost period used during testing is the 

period associated with the defrost cycle 

type with the longest time between 

defrosts. 

In particular, DOE proposes to 

establish a procedure that addresses the 

energy contribution of each of the 

defrost cycle types. Appendix A1 

currently provides a procedure for long 

time defrost that allows separate 

measurement of the energy use 

associated with the defrost cycle in a 

second part of the test. 10 CFR part 430, 

subpart B, Appendix A1, section 4.1.2.1. 

DOE proposes that this second part of 

the test be applied separately to each of 

the defrost cycle types and that the 

energy use contribution associated with 

each of these defrost cycle types be 

included in the energy use calculation. 

The calculation would be adjusted as 

appropriate according to the applicable 

frequency of the cycle types. 

DOE proposes to incorporate these 

changes into Appendix A1 and the new 

Appendix A. The changes are not 

considered to be applicable to freezers, 

making similar changes to Appendices 

B and B1 unnecessary. 

DOE seeks comments on this 

approach and its related assumptions 

and analyses. 

12. Elimination of Part 3 of the Variable 

Defrost Test 

As described in section III.D.10, 

language addressing variable defrost 

was introduced in the test procedures in 

August 1989. 54 FR 36238. This test 

procedure amendment established a 

three-part test for products equipped 

with variable defrost. Part 1 measures 

the steady-state energy use between 

defrosts. Part 2 measures the energy use 

associated with each defrost cycle. Part 

3, which is optional, provides a 

measurement of the time interval 

between defrosts. 10 CFR part 430, 

subpart B, appendix A1, sections 4.1.2.1 

and 4.1.2.2 (describing Parts 1 and 2 of 

the variable defrost test). 

Part 3 reads as follows: 

4.1.2.3 Variable defrost control optional 

test. After steady-state conditions with no 

door openings are achieved in accordance 

with section 3.3 above, the test is continued 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29840 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

2As an example, DOE contracted with a test 

facility to conduct such a test in October 2008. This 

test was started on October 10 at 4 p.m. and 

continued until October 21 at 8 p.m., a total 

duration of more than 11 days. 

3The energy use contribution of defrost is 

inversely proportional to the value of CT, which 

represents hours of compressor run time between 

defrosts. 

using the above daily door-opening sequence 

until stabilized operation is achieved. 

Stabilization is defined as a minimum of 

three consecutive defrost cycles with times 

between defrosts that will allow the 

calculation of a Mean Time Between Defrosts 

(MTBD1) that satisfies the statistical 

relationship of 90 percent confidence. The 

test is repeated on at least one more unit of 

the model and until the Mean Time Between 

Defrosts for the multiple unit tests (MTBD2) 

satisfies the statistical relationship. If the 

time between defrosts is greater than 96 

hours (compressor ‘‘on’’ time) and this defrost 

period can be repeated on a second unit, the 

test may be terminated at 96 hours (CT) and 

the absolute time value used for MTBD for 

each unit. 

10 CRF part 430, subpart B, appendix 

A1, section 4.1.2.3. 

The time required to conduct this part 

of the test ranges from 1 to 2 weeks, 

which can double since a second unit 

must also be tested.2 DOE had 

previously estimated that the energy use 

captured during this part of the test to 

comprise between 1.5 to 7 percent of a 

tested unit’s total energy consumption. 

See 47 FR 34522 and 54 FR 36238. 

DOE’s testing of refrigeration products 

to support the energy conservation 

standard rulemaking involved testing 

one product using the third part of the 

test, as described above. Using the 

optional Part 3, the test yielded a CT 

value of 20.9 hours, while using the 

default CT calculation (using the default 

value 0.2 for F, as specified in Appendix 

A1 section 5.2.1.3) resulted in a value of 

24.0 hours. The energy use calculated 

using the CT determined by the test 

differs from the energy use determined 

using the default value of CT by less 

than 0.4%.3 In this case, use of the 

default results in a lower energy use, but 

achieving a reduction of 0.4% in the 

measured energy use would generally 

not be sufficient to justify running the 

Part 3 test. Because of the high test 

burden and the small amount of energy 

use involved, a manufacturer may 

decide not to use this optional step. 

DOE is unaware of any manufacturer 

that has used the test to rate a 

refrigeration product. 

Manufacturers that choose not to 

conduct the optional third part of the 

test instead use a prescribed equation to 

determine the appropriate time interval 

between defrosts for use when 

calculating energy consumption. The 

equation is described as follows: 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM¥CTL) + 

CTL) 

CTL = least or shortest time between defrosts 

in tenths of an hour (greater than or 

equal to six but less than or equal to 12 

hours) 

CTM = maximum time between defrost cycles 

in tenths of an hour (greater than CTL but 

not more than 96 hours) 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix 

A1, section 5.2.1.3 

In the equation for CT, the value F is 

the ratio of per day energy consumption 

in excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per day energy 

consumption, and is set equal to 0.2 if 

the optional part of the test is not 

conducted to determine CT directly. 

(Appendix A1, section 5.2.1.3). For 

example, if using the maximum time 

between defrosts and the minimum time 

between defrosts in the equation for 

defrost contribution to energy use gives 

results of 0.1 and 0.2 kilowatt-hours per 

day, a value of CT would be selected so 

that the defrost energy use contribution 

is set equal to 0.1 + 0.2 × (0.2¥0.1), 

equal to 0.12 kilowatt-hours per day. 

Since the alternative energy 

calculation method can be used, the 

optional step is not necessary. As 

mentioned above, DOE is unaware of 

any manufacturers that use this optional 

part, which indicates that the industry 

generally considers the equation for CT 

described above to be an adequate 

representation of the performance of 

variable defrost systems. For this reason, 

and to simplify the test procedure, DOE 

proposes to eliminate this optional test. 

This amendment would be made in both 

Appendices A1 and B1. 

13. Corrections and Other Test 

Procedure Language Changes 

This section discusses two other 

proposed amendments to the current 

test procedure. 

A: Simplification of Energy Use 

Equation for Products With Variable 

Defrost Control 

Section 5.2.1.3 of Appendix A1 

provides the equation for ET, energy use 

in kilowatt-hours per day, for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

with variable defrost: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2¥(EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × (12/CT) 

where 1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, 

EP2, T1, T2 and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2. 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM¥CTL) + 

CTL) 

CTL = least or shortest time between defrosts 

in tenths of an hour (greater than or 

equal to six but less than or equal to 12 

hours) 

CTM = maximum time between defrost cycles 

in tenths of an hour (greater than CTL 

but not more than 96 hours) 

F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 

excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per day energy 

consumption and is equal to 

F = (1/CT ¥ 1/CTM)/(1/CTL ¥ 1/CTM) = 

(ET¥ETL)/(ETM ¥ETL) or 0.20 in lieu of 

testing to find CT. 

ETL = least electrical energy used (kilowatt 

hours) 

ETM = maximum electrical energy used 

(kilowatt hours) 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CTL and CTM in the algorithm the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix 

A1, section 5.2.1.3. 

Should DOE adopt the changes to the 

variable defrost control test as discussed 

in Section III.D.12 above,—i.e., 

eliminating it—much of the language 

describing the factor F (i.e., the ratio of 

daily energy consumption in excess of 

the difference between the maximum 

and minimum (‘‘least’’) daily energy 

consumption) explained above in 

section III.D.12) would no longer be 

necessary and would be dropped. For 

cases in which the optional Part 3 is not 

conducted, CT is calculated based on 

the default value of F, and either the 

manufacturer-specified or the default 

values of CTM and CTL. If, on the other 

hand, DOE retains the optional step, the 

agency believes that the clarifying 

equations for F, ETL (least electrical 

energy used (kilowatt hours)), and ETM

(maximum electrical energy used 

(kilowatt hours)) are not needed, as 

described below. For cases in which the 

optional step is conducted to measure 

the value of CT (i.e., hours of 

compressor run time between defrosts to 

be used in the equation for energy 

consumption), this value is used 

directly in the equation for ET. The 

value of F does not need to be 

calculated for any of these situations. 

Regarding specific issues that DOE is 

proposing to amend, DOE notes that the 

values of CT, CTM, and CTL should be 

in units of hours to the nearest tenth of 

an hour rather than in units of tenths of 

an hour. Section 5.2.1.2 indicates 

clearly that CT is in units of hours: ‘‘CT 

= Defrost timer run time in hours 

required to cause it to go through a 

complete cycle, to the nearest tenth 

hour per cycle’’ (Appendix A1 section 

5.2.1.2). DOE proposes to modify 

Appendix A1 to remove the clarifying 

equations for F, ETM, and ETL, to 

eliminate reference to the optional third 

part of the test, and to correct the units 

in the definitions for CTM (maximum 

time between defrosts in hours of 

compressor run time) and CTL (lowest 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29841 

time between defrosts in hours of 

compressor run time). If the optional 

part of the test is retained, DOE would 

propose all of these changes except 

elimination of the reference to the 

optional step. DOE is also proposing 

that parallel changes be made in 

Appendices B1, A, and B. (In Appendix 

B1, the change would be made in the 

current section 5.2.1.3.) 

B: Energy Testing and Energy Use 

Equation for Products With Dual 

Automatic Defrost 

Section 4.1.2.4 of Appendix A1 

describes the manner in which to test 

products equipped with a dual 

automatic defrost cycle. The section 

provides: 

4.1.2.4 Dual compressor systems with 

automatic defrost. If the model being tested 

has separate compressor systems for the 

refrigerator and freezer sections, each with its 

own automatic defrost system, then the two 

part method in 4.1.2.1 shall be used. The 

second part of the method will be conducted 

separately for each automatic defrost system. 

The auxiliary components (fan motors, antisweat heaters, etc.) will be identified for each 

system and the energy consumption 

measured during each test. 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix 

A1, section 4.1.2.4. 

The energy use of each compressor 

system must be measured separately in 

order to properly measure the energy 

use associated with each defrost system. 

Section 4.1.2.4 does not describe all of 

the key components—e.g., the 

compressor and the defrost heater are 

not mentioned—that must have their 

energy use separately measured. DOE 

proposes to modify the text to explicitly 

include the compressor and defrost 

heater in the list of components 

associated with each system that must 

have their energy use separately 

measured to clarify the required 

procedure. 

Additionally, DOE is proposing to 

modify the current energy use equation 

for products equipped with dual 

automatic defrost cycles. Currently, the 

energy use equation for products with 

dual automatic defrost in section 5.2.1.5 

of Appendix A1 reads as follows: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2F ¥ (EPF

× T2/T1)) × 12/CTF + (EP2R ¥ (EPR

× T3/T1)) × 12/CTR

Where 1440, EP1, T1, EP2, 12, and CT are 

defined in 5.2.1.2 

EPF = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test for the 

freezer system by the freezer system. 

EP2F = total energy expended during the 

second part of the test for the freezer 

system. 

EPR = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test for the 

refrigerator system by the refrigerator 

system. 

EP2R = total energy expended during the 

second part of the test for the refrigerator 

system. 

T2 and T3 = length of time in minutes of the 

second test part for the freezer and 

refrigerator systems respectively. 

CTF = compressor ‘‘on’’ time between freezer 

defrosts (tenths of an hour). 

CTR = compressor ‘‘on’’ time between 

refrigerator defrosts (tenths of an hour). 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix 

A1, section 5.2.1.5. 

DOE proposes correcting several 

errors in the above definitions. The 

value EPF, defined as the energy use of 

the freezer system during the second 

part of the test for the freezer system, 

should instead be defined as the energy 

use of the freezer system during the first 

part of the test. Similarly, EPR should be 

the energy use of the refrigerator system 

during the first part of the test rather 

than the second part of the test. 

Also, the value EP2F should be the 

energy use of the freezer system for the 

second part of the test for the freezer 

system, rather than the total energy use 

for the second part of the test for the 

freezer system. The total energy would 

include the fresh food system energy. 

Calculating defrost contributions for 

each system requires that the 

measurements be conducted only for 

that particular system. Subtracting the 

total energy use for steady state 

operation (adjusted for the time period 

of the defrost part of the test) from the 

total energy use for the freezer defrost, 

the fresh food part of these 

measurements will not necessarily 

cancel out, because they will not 

necessarily include a whole number of 

compressor cycles. The situation created 

by the current equation’s definitions can 

result in the measurement being 

erroneously adjusted based on the 

random nature of when the fresh food 

compressor cycles on and off, rather 

than calculated based just on the 

operation of the freezer system. 

Similarly, EP2R should be the energy 

use of the refrigerator system during the 

second part of the test for the 

refrigerator system. The values CTF and 

CTR should also be denoted in hours to 

the nearest tenths of an hour. 

DOE proposes to amend the test 

procedure of Appendix A1 to correct 

these errors. The corrected text would 

also appear in Appendix A. 

14. Including in Certification Reports 

Basic Information Clarifying Energy 

Measurements 

This section discusses a proposal to 

include information in certification 

reports that would clarify how products 

with advanced controls features (e.g., 

variable defrost control or variable antisweat heater control) or with 

modifications from standard 

temperature sensor locations are tested. 

Section III.D.10 discusses test 

procedures for products with long-time 

or variable defrost, section III.D.9 

discusses test procedures for products 

with variable anti-sweat heater control, 

and section III.D.3 discusses alternative 

temperature sensor locations. 

Measurement of energy use of such 

products cannot be conducted properly 

without knowledge of specific 

information regarding these control 

systems or without knowledge that the 

temperature sensor locations have been 

modified from their standard locations. 

This information impacts how such a 

product is tested and how its energy use 

is calculated. In order to allow 

verification of the energy use ratings for 

such products by parties other than 

their manufacturers, DOE proposes that 

this information be included in 

certification reports. 

The calculation of energy use for 

products with variable defrost control 

involves either use of control 

parameters CTL and CTM or a test to 

determine the appropriate compressor 

run time between defrosts. (see for 

example Appendix A1, section 5.2.1.3). 

Section III.D.12 above proposes 

elimination of the approach using the 

test, because DOE believes that this 

approach is rarely if ever used in rating 

products. In order to properly measure 

the defrost portion of the energy use for 

a product, a test technician must know 

(1) whether the product has variable 

defrost control, and (2) the values CTL

and CTM. DOE proposes that these three 

sets of data be provided in certification 

reports for refrigeration products. 

The proposed procedure for 

calculation of energy use for products 

with variable anti-sweat heater control 

is described in section III.D.9 above. 

Proper energy use measurement for such 

a product according to the proposed 

procedure requires the disclosure of 

whether a particular product has this 

type of control. Hence, DOE proposes 

that this information be provided in 

certification reports. 

The inclusion of details regarding the 

relocation of temperature sensor 

locations in test reports to be 

maintained by manufacturers is 

discussed in section III.D.3 above. 

However, knowledge that such 

modification has been made to conduct 

a test would not generally be available 

unless DOE requested the test records. 

Hence, DOE proposes that notification 

be provided in the certification report 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29842 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

for a product if such an adjustment has 

been made. 

These modifications would be 

introduced into the regulations by 

modifying 10 CFR 430.62(a)(4)(xii), 

which requires the reporting of 

information specific to refrigeration 

products that must be provided in 

certification reports. Reporting of the 

presence of variable defrost or variable 

anti-sweat heater control would be 

required for all such products, while 

reporting of the variable defrost 

parameters CTL and CTM would be 

required only for products equipped 

with this type of control. If specific 

values of these parameters are not used 

in the control algorithm, the default 

defrost parameters specified for example 

in Appendix A1 section 5.2.1.3 would 

be reported. In the case of products with 

multiple defrost cycle types (see section 

III.D.11 above), the defrost cycle 

parameters for all of the defrost cycle 

types would be provided. 

DOE requests comment on whether 

this proposal would be sufficient to 

allow accurate testing, and, if this 

information is not sufficient, what 

additional or alternative information 

should be provided. 

E. Amendments To Take Effect 

Simultaneously With a New Energy 

Conservation Standard 

In addition to the proposed changes 

discussed above, DOE is considering 

additional changes to the test procedure 

that would become effective in 

conjunction with a final rule amending 

the energy conservation standards for 

these products. These proposed changes 

are discussed below. 

1. Incorporating by Reference AHAM 

Standard HRF–1–2008 for Measuring 

Energy and Internal Volume of 

Refrigerating Appliances 

The current DOE test procedures for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

reference sections of AHAM Standard 

HRF–1–1979. The referenced sections 

specify the test facility, test sample setup, measurement procedure, and 

volume calculation requirements that 

manufacturers must follow when testing 

their products. The most recent version 

of this industry procedure, HRF–1– 

2008, incorporates many changes, 

including the specification of new 

requirements for compartment 

temperatures and new methods of 

volume calculation, discussed further in 

sections III.E.2 and III.E.3 of this notice. 

Adopting the provisions in HRF–1– 

2008 for new compartment temperatures 

and new volume calculation methods 

into the DOE test procedures for 

refrigeration products would alter the 

measured energy efficiency of these 

products. These new compartment 

temperatures are lower for refrigeratorfreezers and refrigerators with freezer 

compartments larger than 0.5 cubic ft. in 

size. This proposed change would create 

a greater temperature difference 

between the exterior and interior of the 

cabinet during the test, which in turn 

would increase thermal loads placed on 

the tested unit. In addition, the 

refrigeration systems of refrigeratorfreezers would operate with a greater 

temperature lift (i.e., the rise in 

temperature between the refrigeration 

system’s evaporator, where heat is 

absorbed, and the system’s condenser, 

where heat is transferred to the ambient 

air), which would reduce its coefficient 

of performance (COP, refrigeration 

provided divided by power input). Both 

factors would increase the measured 

energy use for these products, the first 

by increasing the amount of heat that 

must be removed by the refrigeration 

system, and the second by reducing the 

refrigeration system’s effectiveness in 

removing heat. 

The proposed changes in the volume 

calculation method would change the 

calculated refrigerated volume and the 

adjusted volume because both factors 

depend on the volume measurements. 

2. Establishing New Compartment 

Temperatures 

Working Group 12 of Technical 

Committee 59 of the IEC is developing 

IEC 62552, a new international test 

procedure for refrigeration products. 

DOE understands that one of the chief 

goals of this effort is to harmonize the 

energy test procedure for countries that 

comprise key markets for these 

products. Among the procedures 

addressed in IEC 62552 is the treatment 

of compartment temperatures for 

refrigeration products. 

In developing HRF–1–2008, AHAM 

incorporated some of the provisions 

being considered for IEC 62552. Among 

these provisions, AHAM changed the 

compartment temperatures for 

refrigerator and refrigerator-freezer 

testing. These temperature changes 

include (1) lowering the standard test 

temperatures from 5°F to 0°F for the 

freezer compartment of a refrigeratorfreezer and from 45°F to 39°F for the 

fresh food compartment, (2) raising the 

standard test temperature from 38°F to 

39°F for an all-refrigerator, and (3) 

lowering the standard test temperature 

from 45°F to 39°F for the fresh food 

compartment of a refrigerator having a 

freezer compartment. (HRF–1–2008, 

section 5.6.2). AHAM believes the new 

temperatures more closely represent 

compartment temperatures typically 

experienced during normal use of these 

products. (See AHAM (Framework 

Comments), No. 11 at p. 2. See also 

Godwin, S.L. et al., ‘‘A Comprehensive 

Evaluation of Temperatures within 

Home Refrigerators’’, Food Protection 

Trends, Vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 168–73, 

International Association for Food 

Protection, 2007 (assessing the actual 

temperatures at which cold foods are 

stored in homes and noting the need to 

maintain refrigeration temperatures at 

40°F or lower) and Kosa, K. et al., 

‘‘Consumer Home Refrigeration 

Practices: Findings from a Consumer 

Survey’’, presented at the ADA Food & 

Nutrition Conference & Expo, Honolulu, 

Hawaii, (September, 2006) (noting the 

need to maintain refrigeration 

temperatures at 40°F or lower and the 

significant number of surveyed 

households that did not follow this 

practice).) 

These compartment temperature 

changes also led AHAM to change the 

volume adjustment factors, which 

depend on compartment temperatures. 

AHAM changed the volume adjustment 

factor for (1) freezer compartments of 

refrigerator-freezers from 1.63 to 1.76, 

(2) freezers from 1.73 to 1.76, and (3) 

freezer compartments of refrigerators 

from 1.44 to 1.47. (Compare HRF–1– 

1979, section 10.4 with HRF–1–2008, 

section 6.3). 

Volume adjustment factors are used in 

the calculation of adjusted volumes, 

which are the basis of the energy 

conservation standard equations for 

refrigeration products. Adjusted volume 

is defined for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers as ‘‘the sum of (i) 

the fresh food compartment volume as 

defined in HRF–1–1979 in cubic feet, 

and (ii) the product of an adjustment 

factor and the net freezer compartment 

volume as defined in HRF–1–1979, in 

cubic feet.’’ 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

Appendix A1, section 1.2. 

DOE proposes to adopt the new 

compartment temperatures of HRF–1– 

2008 and their associated volume 

adjustment factors in the DOE test 

procedures. It is doing so to improve the 

ability of the required procedure to 

produce measurements that are more 

representative of field energy use and to 

help facilitate the international 

harmonization of appliance test 

procedures. Reducing the energy test 

compartment temperatures for 

refrigerators (excluding all-refrigerators) 

and refrigerator-freezers will result in 

higher energy test numbers because of 

the higher thermal load associated with 

the increased temperature difference 

between ambient conditions and the 

compartments. Chapter 7 of the 

preliminary Technical Support 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29843 

Document for the ongoing rulemaking 

on Energy Conservation Standards for 

Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and 

Freezers addressed field energy use for 

refrigeration products. This analysis was 

developed using the U.S. DOE’s Energy 

Information Agency’s Residential 

Energy Consumption Survey (RECS) of 

2005. For all product classes for which 

data were available in the RECS 

database, the field energy use was 

determined to be greater than the energy 

use associated with an energy test using 

the new compartment temperatures that 

are under consideration in today’s 

proposal. Part of this energy use 

increase is associated with icemaking, 

which is not covered by the current 

energy test procedure. However, DOE’s 

initial analysis shows that the higher 

energy use measured using the new 

compartment temperatures provides a 

more accurate representation of energy 

use during typical consumer use of 

refrigeration products. This observation 

reinforces the position that energy tests 

conducted using the new compartment 

temperatures are more representative of 

field energy use than the temperatures 

used in the current test procedures. 

Under today’s proposal, these new 

compartment temperatures and their 

associated volume adjustment factors 

would be incorporated into the 

proposed Appendices A and B to 

coincide with the compliance date for 

any new standards that manufacturers 

would need to meet in 2014. 

3. Establishing New Volume Calculation 

Method 

In HRF–1–2008, AHAM simplified 

the volume calculation method. (See 

HRF–1–2008, preface). Specifically, the 

revised calculation involves far fewer 

instructions regarding the inclusion or 

exclusion of various components and 

regions of the compartments, and 

provides far fewer diagrams illustrating 

these varied instructions. AHAM 

provided DOE with data illustrating the 

impact that the new volume calculation 

method would have for certain 

representative product classes. These 

data show that calculated compartment 

volumes change in the range of 1 to 3 

percent. (‘‘Impact of HRF–1 Test 

Procedure Change on Reported Adjusted 

Volume and Reported Energy 

Consumption Values’’, RIN 1904–AB79, 

Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0012 

(data provided by AHAM for the 

Rulemaking for Energy Conservation 

Standards for Refrigerators, RefrigeratorFreezers, and Freezers)). 

DOE proposes to amend the DOE test 

procedures to adopt the volume 

calculation procedure used in HRF–1– 

2008. The new volume calculation 

method is simpler and leaves less room 

for subjective interpretation by test 

technicians in developing a volume 

estimate when compared to the current 

method. Adoption of the simplified 

method is expected to improve the 

accuracy of volume reporting. Further, 

since the energy conservation standard 

is based on the adjusted volume 

determined from volume measurements, 

this improved accuracy is also expected 

to improve compliance with the energy 

standard. 

Questions have surfaced during DOE 

review of AHAM HRF–1–2008 in regard 

to requirements for the treatment of 

icemakers and related hardware for the 

purposes of volume calculations. HRF– 

1–2008 does explicitly mention whether 

automatic icemakers or ice storage bins 

should be considered part of the 

internal volume. The key clause of this 

standard, which specifies components 

whose volumes are to be included in the 

volume measurement, reads, ‘‘(w)hen 

the volume is determined, internal 

fittings such as shelves, removable 

partitions, containers and interior light 

housings shall be considered as not 

being in place.’’ (HRF–1–2008, section 

4.2.2). 

In contrast, HRF–1–1979 specifically 

addresses the volume of the icemaker 

and the ice storage bin: 

Volumes to be included. The total 

refrigerated volume is to include 

volume occupied by special features, 

such as baskets, crispers, meat pans, 

chiller trays, icemakers (including 

storage bins for automatic icemakers) 

and water coolers. (HRF–1–1979, 

section 4.2.1.1(a)) 

Volumes to be deducted. The total 

refrigerated volume is not to include 

volume occupied by fixed projections, 

such as control knobs, shelf hangers, 

shelf and pan rails, and thermostat 

escutcheons, which collectively, exceed 

a volume of more than 0.05 cubic foot 

(1.4 liters) per compartment. (Id., 

section 4.2.1.2(e)) 

DOE does not intend to change the 

test procedure for volume calculation to 

require excluding the volume of the 

icemaker and the ice storage bin in the 

volume calculation. Hence, DOE 

proposes to include the following 

clarifying language to this effect in 

section 5.3 of Appendix A: 

In the case of refrigerators or refrigeratorfreezers with automatic icemakers, the 

volume occupied by the automatic icemaker, 

including its ice storage bin, is to be included 

in the volume measurement. 

DOE proposes a similar amendment to 

Appendix B, recognizing that freezers 

may also incorporate automatic 

icemakers. 

As with the proposed incorporation of 

new compartment temperatures, DOE 

plans to incorporate the proposed 

volume calculation changes as part of 

the procedures that manufacturers 

would apply when certifying 

compliance to any standards that apply 

in 2014. These changes (i.e., 

temperature and volume measurements) 

would have a significant impact on the 

overall standards for refrigeration 

products and necessitate, in DOE’s 

view, that sufficient time be provided to 

manufacturers to adjust to these 

changes. In light of this belief, DOE 

believes it appropriate to require that 

manufacturers use these new 

calculations within the initiation of any 

required standards for 2014. These 

amendments would appear in the new 

Appendices A and B. 

4. Control Settings for Refrigerators and 

Refrigerator-Freezers During Testing 

Section III.D.4 above introduces one 

issue associated with the current test 

procedure requirements for temperature 

control settings. Additional issues and 

proposed amendments to resolve these 

issues are discussed in this section. 

The use of two tests conducted at 

different temperature control settings is 

described above in section III.D.4. 

Appendix A1, section 3.2.1 requires the 

adjustment of settings in the second test 

so that the compartment temperatures 

measured during the two tests bound 

the standardized temperature for the 

product under test. The standardized 

temperatures for the products covered 

by Appendix A1 are defined in section 

3.2: All-refrigerator, 38 °F (3.3 °C) for 

the fresh food compartment 

temperature; Refrigerator, 15 °F (¥9.4 

°C) for the freezer compartment 

temperature; Refrigerator-freezer, 5 °F 

(¥15 °C) for the freezer compartment 

temperature. For refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers, the current 

procedure requires that the settings 

adjustment for the second test be based 

only on the freezer temperature 

measured during the first test, even 

though the product’s energy use would 

also be impacted by the temperature of 

the fresh food compartment during the 

test. Hence, ensuring consistency of the 

test measurement with the 

representative use cycle of these 

products should also require 

consideration of bounding of the 

standardized temperature of the fresh 

food compartment. 

DOE understands that manufacturers 

conduct tests of refrigerator-freezers and 

of refrigerators that are not allrefrigerators with consideration of the 

fresh food compartment temperature. 

The controls are set to their warmest 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29844 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

position(s) for the second test only if 

during the first test all compartment 

temperatures are lower than their 

standardized temperatures. Otherwise, 

the controls are all set to their coldest 

position for the second test required 

under the procedure. The fresh food 

compartment’s standardized 

temperature under the practice followed 

by the manufacturers is 45 °F, which is 

consistent with the temperature used for 

the energy use calculation 

(interpolation) based on fresh food 

compartment temperature of Appendix 

A1, section 6.2.2.2. DOE understands 

that manufacturers have adopted this 

approach to ensure that the energy use 

calculation provides an interpolation to 

a setpoint condition for which the 

temperatures of all compartments are 

either equal to or lower than the 

standardized temperatures for the 

compartments. This practice is most 

clearly described in the Canadian 

Standards Association Standard C300– 

08, ‘‘Energy performance and capacity of 

household refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, freezers, and wine chillers’’ 

(CSA C300–08), section 6.1.3.2.2, which 

states: 

If the first test produces average 

compartment temperatures that fall into 

quadrants B, C, or D of Figure A.1, the second 

test shall be performed with all controls at 

their coldest setting(s). If the first test 

produces average compartment temperatures 

that fall into quadrant A of Figure A.1, the 

second test shall be performed with all 

controls at their warmest setting(s). 

CSA C300–08, section 6.1.3.2.2. 

In Figure A.1 of C300–08 at least one 

of the compartment temperatures is 

above its standardized temperature for 

quadrants B, C, or D, but only for 

quadrant A are both compartment 

temperatures lower than their 

standardized temperatures. 

DOE proposes to modify the energy 

test procedure to make it consistent 

with the procedure manufacturers 

already use to adjust settings. 

Specifically, by requiring that the 

second test be conducted with all 

controls at their warmest settings only if 

both compartment temperatures during 

the first test were lower than the 

standardized temperatures, DOE will 

help ensure that the required procedure 

is more rigorous than what is currently 

in place in its test procedure. It would 

also create a procedure that is consistent 

with current industry practices. DOE 

proposes also to modify the 

specification of standardized 

compartment temperatures by adding a 

standardized compartment temperature 

for the fresh food compartment of 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. 

The standardized fresh food 

temperature would be specified as 39 °F 

in Appendix A. 

Conducting a Third Test 

DOE also notes that the current DOE 

test procedure specifies that as many as 

three tests may need to be conducted for 

calculating energy use. In particular, it 

specifies when the first two tests are 

sufficient for calculating energy use and 

when a third test is required. The 

current test procedure provides: 

If the compartment temperatures measured 

during these two tests bound the appropriate 

standardized temperature, then these test 

results shall be used to determine energy 

consumption. If the compartment 

temperature measured with all controls set at 

their coldest setting is above the standardized 

temperature, a third test shall be performed 

with all controls set at their warmest setting 

and the result of this test shall be used with 

the result of the test performed with all 

controls set at their coldest setting to 

determine energy consumption. If the 

compartment temperature measured with all 

controls set at their warmest setting is below 

the standardized temperature; and the fresh 

food compartment temperature is below 

45 °F (7.22 °C) in the case of a refrigerator 

or a refrigerator-freezer, excluding an allrefrigerator, then the result of this test alone 

will be used to determine energy 

consumption. 

(10 CFR 430, subpart B, Appendix A1, 

section 3.2.1). 

Test Results Not Addressed in the 

Current Test Procedure 

Table 2 below illustrates the logic 

behind the temperature setting 

requirements for refrigerator and 

refrigerator-freezer testing. This logic is 

based on the current test procedure and 

incorporates the clarification regarding 

the treatment of fresh food and freezer 

compartment temperatures for the first 

test, as described above. The tests for 

Cases 2, 5, and 6 in Table 2 are not 

clearly addressed in the current test 

procedure—specifically, while the 

freezer compartment temperature is 

lower than the setpoint for both tests, 

the fresh food compartment temperature 

is higher than 45 °F for at least one of 

the tests. The current procedure does 

not explicitly state which set of results 

are to be used when calculating energy 

consumption in these cases. 

TABLE 2—TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR REFRIGERATORS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS

First test Second test Third test 

settings Energy calculation based on Case No. 

Settings Results Settings Results 

Fzr Mid ........ Fzr Low ....... Fzr Warm .... Fzr Low ....... None ........... Second Test Only .................................................... 1 

FF Mid ......... FF Low ........ FF Warm ..... FF Low.

Fzr Low ....... None ........... Not Clear: Propose use of First and Second Test .. 2 

FF High.

Fzr High ...... None ........... First and Second Test ............................................. 3 

FF Low.

Fzr High ...... None ........... First and Second Test ............................................. 4 

FF High.

Fzr Low ....... Fzr Cold ...... Fzr Low ....... None ........... Not Clear: Propose requiring a Third test with 

Warm/Warm settings and use of the Second and 

Third Tests.

5 

FF High ....... FF Cold ....... FF High.

Fzr Low ....... None ........... Not Clear: Propose use of First and Second Test .. 6 

FF Low.

Fzr High ...... Fzr Cold ...... Fzr High ...... Fzr Warm .... Second and Third Tests .......................................... 7 

FF Low ........ FF Cold ....... FF Low ........ FF Warm.

Fzr Low ....... None ........... First and Second Tests ........................................... 8 

FF Low.

Fzr High ...... Fzr Cold ...... Fzr Low ....... None ........... First and Second Tests ........................................... 9 

FF High ....... FF Cold ....... FF Low.

Fzr Low ....... None ........... First and Second Tests ........................................... 10 

FF High.


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29845 

TABLE 2—TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR REFRIGERATORS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS—Continued 

First test Second test Third test 

settings Energy calculation based on Case No. 

Settings Results Settings Results 

Fzr High ...... Fzr Warm .... Second and Third Tests .......................................... 11 

FF Low ........ FF Warm.

Fzr High ...... Fzr Warm .... Second and Third Tests .......................................... 12 

FF High ....... FF Warm.

Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment. 

DOE proposes that for cases 2 and 6 

that the results of the first and second 

tests be used for the energy 

consumption calculation, since this 

calculation will ensure that all 

compartment temperatures do not 

exceed their standardized temperatures 

at the calculated condition. 

Warm Compartments 

Similarly, cases 5, 7, 10, 11, and 12 

all involve at least one compartment 

that is warmer than its standardized 

temperature when all controls are at 

their coldest setting. These cases 

represent substandard product 

performance, but the test procedure 

allows for the rating of products under 

some of these scenarios. When one of 

the warmer compartments is the freezer 

compartment (as in cases 7, 11, and 12), 

the current test procedure calls for 

conducting a third test with all controls 

set at their warmest setting and using 

the second and third tests to determine 

energy use. For case 10, the results for 

the freezer compartment comply with 

the requirements of the current test 

procedure (using the results from the 

first and second tests to calculate energy 

use), even though the fresh food 

compartment temperature is higher than 

the standardized temperature when the 

unit is tested at the compartment’s 

coldest setting. As mentioned above, the 

current test procedure provides no 

guidance for case 5, where the freezer 

compartment temperature is below the 

standardized temperature but the fresh 

food compartment temperature at its 

coldest setting is higher than the 

standardized temperature. 

These amendments are proposed for 

new Appendix A. 

Alternative Approach for High 

Compartment Temperatures 

While DOE proposes that a third test 

be required for case 5, and that the 

results of the second and third tests be 

used to calculate energy consumption, 

the agency is considering an alternative 

to address the nonstandard performance 

of all of these test cases in a manner 

described below. While the current 

proposal does not incorporate this 

alternative, DOE seeks comment on 

whether it should be implemented to 

discourage designs for which any of the 

standardized compartment temperatures 

are not achieved. 

The alternative would be to modify 

the test procedure to prevent the rating 

of products if any measured 

compartment temperature exceeds its 

standardized temperature when all 

controls are at their coldest settings. If 

a tested unit’s fresh food compartment 

exceeds its standardized temperature, 

the product would not meet the 

refrigerator definition, which specifies 

the use of ‘‘temperatures above 32 °F 

and below 39 °F’’. (10 CFR 430.2). Under 

the proposed definition for a 

refrigerator-freezer (see section III.B), 

the product would also fail to meet that 

product definition. Similarly, if the 

freezer compartment temperature of a 

refrigerator-freezer exceeded its 

standardized temperature, the product 

would not comply with the current 

requirement that the freezer 

compartment ‘‘may be adjusted by the 

user to a temperature of 0 °F or below.’’ 

(10 CFR 430.2). The maximum 

temperature for the freezer compartment 

of a refrigerator is 32 °F, substantially 

higher than the 15 °F standardized 

temperature (10 CFR 430.2). Hence, a 

modification to the test procedure 

preventing a rating would not directly 

be supported by the product definition 

for the case of a refrigerator whose 

freezer compartment is warmer than the 

15°F standardized temperature. 

Precedent for disallowing the rating of 

a product for which a compartment is 

above its standardized temperature 

when the product is tested with 

temperature controls at their coldest 

settings is found in CSA C300–08: 

5.2.7.3 Noncompliance and Product 

Description 

For the standard and alternative 

testing sequences, the conditions of 

noncompliance with prescribed thermal 

performance shall be as follows: 

(a) if, with all compartment controls 

at their coldest settings, the freezer 

temperature remains above the standard 

operating temperature specified in 

Clause 5.2.6.2, the product description 

shall be revised in accordance with the 

measured temperature; and 

(b) energy consumption shall then be 

declared in accordance with the revised 

product description. 

CSA C300–08 Section 5.2.7.3 

DOE seeks comment on a possible 

general test procedure requirement that 

would provide that any product that 

exhibits such substandard performance 

would be ineligible of being rated as a 

product associated with the 

standardized temperature that was not 

achieved. DOE further seeks comment 

on whether such a provision should be 

considered for current Appendices A1 

and B1 as well as proposed new 

Appendices A and B. Note that the 

reduction of some of the standardized 

temperatures upon transition to 

Appendices A and B would increase the 

level of performance required for these 

products. 

Alternative Test Methods Involving Just 

Warm and/or Cold Settings 

The DOE test procedure allows two 

alternative approaches: (1) Using just a 

test with controls at their warm settings 

and (2) conducting two tests with 

controls at their cold settings for one 

test and at their warm settings for the 

second test. (see Appendix A1 sections 

3.2.2 and 3.2.3). For the second of these 

approaches, the compartment 

temperature is higher than the 

standardized temperature at the coldest 

setting. Depending on the results of 

these tests, they can be used to 

determine energy consumption. Except 

for the fact that a test with median 

temperature setting has not been 

conducted as the first test, these cases 

are equivalent to the cases listed in 

Table 2. In these cases (cases 1, 6, 7, 11, 

and 12), the results of the first test are 

not used in the energy consumption 

calculation. 

General 

DOE proposes to add a modified 

version of Table 2 to the test procedure. 

The proposed changes would clarify the 

energy consumption calculation by 

dictating both the (1) temperature 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29846 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

settings of subsequent tests and (2) test 

results that would be used when 

calculating energy consumption. These 

changes would apply to Appendices A. 

DOE also proposes that the equivalent 

of the logic chart represented by Table 

2 be included in the test procedures to 

describe the temperature settings and 

tests to use for the energy use 

calculation for all-refrigerators and 

freezers. An example of such a chart is 

shown in Table 3 below. This change 

would be made in Appendices A and B. 

TABLE 3—TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR ALL—REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS

First test Second test 

Third test settings Energy calculation based 

on: Settings Results Settings Results 

Mid ........................... Low .......................... Warm ....................... Low .......................... None ........................ Second Test Only. 

High ......................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

High ......................... Cold ......................... Low .......................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

High ......................... Warm ....................... Second and Third Tests. 

DOE seeks comment on these 

proposed amendments, on whether the 

circumstances listed in Table 2 and 

Table 3 adequately address all test result 

possibilities for their respective 

products, whether the proposed 

approaches for the currently unclear 

cases 2, 5, and 6 as indicated in Table 

2 are appropriate, and whether the 

alternative approach disallowing a 

rating in the case of warm compartment 

temperatures should be adopted. DOE 

also seeks comment as to whether its 

understanding regarding manufacturer 

practices with respect to setting 

adjustments during testing are accurate 

and, if not, what those practices are and 

how best to address them within the 

context of DOE’s proposed amendments. 

Finally, DOE requests comment on 

whether any of these amendments 

should be directly applied to 

Appendices A1 and B1 so that they 

would take effect prior to the effective 

date of new energy conservation 

standards; such comments should 

indicate whether implementing these 

changes would make any impact on 

measured energy use. 

5. Icemakers and Icemaking 

Nearly all refrigerator-freezers 

currently sold either have an automatic 

icemaker or are ‘‘icemaker-ready’’, 

meaning that they have the necessary 

water tubing, valve(s), and icemaker 

mounting hardware already installed to 

allow quick conversion to icemaking 

operation if an automatic icemaker is 

installed at any time after product 

shipment. Production of ice increases 

the energy use of a refrigerator-freezer in 

two ways: (1) Additional refrigeration is 

required to cool and freeze the incoming 

water, and (2) some icemaker 

components (e.g, the mold heater, the 

gear motor) also consume energy. 

The current test procedure for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

does not measure the energy use 

associated with ice production (HRF–1– 

1979, section 7.4.2). (This is a separate 

issue from energy used by heaters as 

part of the icemaking system, which is 

addressed in section III.F.1.) Limited 

information has been publicly available 

regarding ice production energy use, 

which depends on the product’s 

efficiency in producing ice and the rate 

of ice production. Publicly available 

information on this issue includes the 

following: 

• Measurements of the impact of ice 

making on energy use in tests which 

were otherwise consistent with the DOE 

energy test procedure for four 

refrigerator-freezers meeting 1993 

energy standards show energy use 

increase of 72 to 121 kWh/year. (Alan 

Meier and Mark Martinez. 1996. Energy 

Use of Icemaking in Domestic 

Refrigerators. ASHRAE Transactions: 

Symposia. AT–96–19–2) 

• Similar measurements with a single 

refrigerator showed energy use increase 

of 130 to 150 kWh/year. (Haider, Imam; 

He Feng; and Reinhard Radermacher. 

Experimental Results of a Household 

Automatic Icemaker in a Refrigerator/ 

Freezer. ASHRAE Transactions: 

Symposia. SA–96–7–3) 

• Energy impact at full production of 

ice was estimated at 250 kWh per year, 

average ice production is suggested to 

be 500 grams (g) per day (roughly onequarter of full production), and the 

overall impact is estimated to be about 

10% of the rated refrigerator energy use. 

This is based on testing of refrigerators 

that likely were compliant with the 

1993 energy standards, considering the 

1995 date of the report referenced in the 

article. (Alan Meier, Energy Use of Ice 

Making in Domestic Refrigerators, 

http://eetd.lbl.gov/EA/1995_Ann_Rpt/ 

Buildings/energy.use.of.ice.html) 

DOE conducted testing to determine 

icemaking energy use. The average 

energy consumption and ice production 

rates were measured for extended 

periods of refrigerator-freezer operation 

involving multiple icemaking cycles 

during the steady-state operation of the 

products between defrost cycles for 

three refrigerator-freezers. Two of these 

products were bottom-mount 

refrigerator-freezers with TTD ice 

service. The other was a side-mount 

refrigerator-freezer with TTD ice service. 

The results of the tests are summarized 

in Table 1 below. The results show a 

fairly consistent energy use per pound 

of ice in the range 175 to 200 Watthours. 

TABLE 4—REFRIGERATOR ICEMAKING TEST RESULTS

Refrigerator type Bottom-mount Bottom-mount Side-mount 

Refrigerated Volume (cubic ft.) .................................................................................. 26 25 26 

Rated Annual Energy Consumption (kWh) ............................................................... 540 547 728 

Test Average Wattage 

With Icemaking ................................................................................................... 85 .1 130 .0 98 .2 

Without Icemaking .............................................................................................. 75 .6 104 .5 60 .9 

Differential ........................................................................................................... 10 25 37

Ice Production Rate (lb/day) ...................................................................................... 1 .35 3 .44 4 .6 

Production Efficiency (Watt-hours/lb) ........................................................................ 178 174 193 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29847 

Assuming a daily ice production rate 

of 1 pound per day (consistent with the 

1995 Meier report), the energy use 

increase associated with icemaking is in 

the range of 64 to 73 kWh represents 

10% to 15% of the rated energy use of 

the tested products. While the energy 

use in kWh is consistent with the 1995 

Meier report (one-quarter of 250 kWh, or 

63 kWh), the percentage of rated annual 

energy use is higher. DOE believes this 

discrepancy is due to the lower annual 

energy consumption of current 

products. DOE concludes from these 

data that icemaking energy use can be 

a significant portion of overall energy 

use of refrigerator-freezers. 

DOE notes that AHAM has been 

developing a test procedure for 

measuring icemaking energy use. 

Preliminary work on this effort was 

presented to DOE on November 19, 

2009. The handout for this presentation, 

‘‘AHAM Update to DOE on Status of Ice 

Maker Energy Test Procedure’’, 

November 19, 2009, has been 

incorporated into the docket for this 

rulemaking (RIN 1904–AB92, Docket 

No. EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003). While 

AHAM has not completed its icemaking 

test procedure, the presentation 

provides measurements of icemaking 

energy use determined using a 

preliminary test method. The average of 

these measurements is 128 Watt-hours 

per pound. The preliminary AHAM 

procedure specified a daily production 

rate of 1.8 pounds of ice—thus, the 

average daily energy use associated with 

icemaking of these preliminary 

measurements is 0.23 kWh and the 

average annual energy use is 84 kWh. 

In light of the amount of overall 

energy use that icemaking appears to 

require, DOE is considering 

incorporating a test procedure for 

measuring icemaking energy use in the 

energy test for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers. However, as 

described in the AHAM presentation 

handout, and as noted in several 

comments associated with the 

refrigeration product energy 

conservation standard rulemaking (see 

for example comments provided by 

AHAM, No. 34 at p. 2, RIN 1904–AB79, 

Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0012), 

development of an icemaking test 

procedure is complex and consensus 

has not been reached that a satisfactory 

procedure has been developed. 

Consequently, rather than incorporate a 

measurement of icemaking energy use 

into the procedure at this time, DOE 

proposes to introduce the inclusion of a 

fixed placeholder value for icemaking 

energy use into the calculation for the 

energy use of refrigeration products 

with automatic icemakers. This 

approach would satisfy the need for 

improved accuracy in reporting the 

representative energy use of products, 

since the reported energy use would no 

longer be omitting icemaking energy 

consumption. 

DOE proposes use of the average daily 

icemaking energy use value reported by 

AHAM, 0.23 kWh per daily cycle. While 

there are questions about the suitability 

of the test method used to determine 

this value, the data reported by AHAM 

represents the most thorough and 

complete test series addressing this 

issue that is available for consideration. 

DOE welcomes comment on this 

approach. Further, DOE will consider 

updated information, such as revised 

data based on a more thoroughly 

developed test. 

DOE proposes incorporation of 

icemaking energy use for products that 

have automatic icemakers. This 

includes products either with or 

without TTD ice service, and could 

include freezers and refrigerators as well 

as refrigerator-freezers. While the 

icemaking energy use of products 

having automatic icemakers could vary 

significantly, accurate data that would 

allow the development of fixed 

icemaking energy use values that are a 

function of product class or other 

product characteristics is not available. 

DOE proposes incorporation of the 

icemaking energy use into the energy 

use calculation by integrating the 

icemaking energy use value, designated 

IET and measured in kWh per cycle, 

into the equations for energy use per 

cycle, which would be included in the 

proposed Appendices A and B in 

section 6.2. For example, the energy use 

per cycle for refrigerators or refrigeratorfreezers in which the compartment 

temperatures are lower than the 

standardized temperatures during the 

test with control settings in their 

warmest positions would be determined 

as follows: 

6.2.2.1 If the fresh food 

compartment temperature is at or below 

39 °F (3.9 °C) in both tests and the 

freezer compartment temperature is at 

or below 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) in both tests 

of a refrigerator or at or below 0 °F 

(¥17.8 °C) in both tests of a refrigeratorfreezer, the per-cycle energy 

consumption shall be: 

E = ET1 + IET 

Where: 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; 

IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

equals 0.23 for a product with an automatic 

icemaker and otherwise equals 0 (zero); and 

number 1 indicates the test period during 

which the highest freezer compartment 

temperature was measured. 

These amendments would be 

incorporated in the proposed new 

Appendices A and B. 

DOE may consider modifying the test 

procedure requirements associated with 

icemaking energy use to incorporate 

testing to determine the icemaking 

energy use of particular products. If a 

suitable test procedure for this purpose 

can be developed in time for 

incorporation in the final rule for this 

rulemaking, DOE will consider adopting 

such an amendment. However, such a 

step will involve issuance of a 

supplementary NOPR (SNOPR) prior to 

the final rule. Stakeholders are invited 

to provide comments including 

recommendations for the test procedure 

if DOE were to propose an SNOPR. DOE 

expects to consider the following factors 

in developing a proposal for test 

measurement of icemaking energy use: 

(1) Applicability of the test procedure 

for all types of automatic ice makers; 

(2) Submitted test data demonstrating 

accuracy and repeatability of the 

procedure; 

(3) Proposal of an ice production rate 

in pounds per day (or per year) so that 

daily or annual icemaking energy use 

can be calculated and data supporting 

the production rate; and 

(4) The degree of consensus among 

industry representatives that the test is 

viable and that burden is not excessive. 

One issue that has come to DOE’s 

attention during consideration of a test 

for icemaking energy use is the possible 

impact on energy use measurements of 

the presence of ice in the ice bin. (See, 

for example, comment 9 from the July 

14, 2009 HRF–1 Task Force meeting, 

included in information provided by 

AHAM, No. 34 at p. 2, RIN 1904–AB79, 

Docket No. EERE–2008–BT–STD–0012). 

The current test procedure does not 

clarify whether ice may be in the bin 

during the energy test. Appendix A1 

section 2.2 references sections 7.2 

through section 7.4.3.3 of HRF–1–1979. 

(Appendix A1 section 2.2). Section 7.4.2 

of HRF–1–1979 states, ‘‘[i]ce bins of 

automatic ice makers are to be full of 

frozen food packages;’’ (HRF–1–1979 

section 7.4.2). However, Appendix A1 

section 2.3 states, ‘‘For automatic defrost 

refrigerator-freezers, the freezer 

compartments shall not be loaded with 

any frozen food packages.’’ (Appendix 

A1 section 2.3). The test procedures are 

currently silent regarding the presence 

of ice in the ice bin during the test. DOE 

requests comment on whether a 

requirement regarding presence of ice in 

the bin should be incorporated into the 

test procedure. Such a requirement 

would be implemented by inclusion of 

appropriate language into the set-up 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29848 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

requirements in sections 2 of 

Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. 

F. Other Issues Under Consideration 

1. Electric Heaters 

Refrigeration products use electric 

heaters for a variety of functions. This 

section identifies some of those 

functions, discusses established 

approaches to heater operation during 

energy testing, and highlights sections 

of this notice that address modifications 

to the current test requirements for 

heaters. 

Anti-Sweat Heaters 

The DOE test procedures have always 

incorporated provisions addressing the 

operation of anti-sweat heaters. These 

components are defined in both 

Appendices A1 and B1 (See 10 CFR part 

430, subpart B, appendix A1, section 1.3 

and 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

appendix B1, section 1.2) as devices 

designed to prevent moisture 

accumulation on a product’s exterior 

surfaces under conditions of high 

ambient humidity. For products that 

have an anti-sweat heater switch that 

controls operation of anti-sweat heaters, 

both Appendices A1 and B1 require 

tests to be conducted with the antisweat heater switch in both the on and 

off positions. (See 10 CFR part 430, 

subpart B, appendix A1, section 2.2 and 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix 

B1, section 2.2). The ‘‘standard cycle’’ is 

defined as a 24-hour cycle of operation 

of a refrigeration product with the antisweat heater switch on. (10 CFR part 

430 subpart B appendix A1 section 1.7, 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix 

B1, section 1.5). Calculation of annual 

operating cost for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers 

involves averaging the energy use of a 

standard cycle and a cycle with the antisweat heater switch in its position just 

prior to shipping from the factory. (10 

CFR 430.23(a)(2) and 430.23(b)(2)). 

Section III.D.7 of this NOPR discusses 

a proposed modification to the 

definition of what constitutes an antisweat heater under DOE’s regulations. 

Section III.D.8 addresses a proposed 

change that would address anti-sweat 

heater switch positions during testing. 

Finally, section III.D.9 discusses 

incorporating procedures for variable 

anti-sweat heating controls that were 

most recently addressed by waivers. 

Any electric heater that falls under the 

current definition of anti-sweat heater 

must be tested according to the current 

test procedures as defined in the current 

Appendices A1 and B1. Likewise, any 

electric heater that falls under the 

proposed definition would be required 

to be tested according to the proposed 

test procedures of Appendices A1 and 

B1 prior to the date that new energy 

conservation standards take effect. 

Manufacturers would use proposed 

Appendices A and B, which incorporate 

the proposed changes to Appendices A1 

and B1, on and after the date that the 

new standards take effect. 

Defrost Heaters 

Defrost heaters, including both 

heaters used to remove frost from 

evaporators and heaters used to prevent 

defrost water from refreezing in the drip 

pan or discharge tubing are addressed 

by the DOE test procedures. Automatic 

defrost is defined in Appendices A1 and 

B1. (See 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

appendix A1, section 1.8 and 10 CFR 

part 430, subpart B, appendix B1, 

section 1.7). Additional definitions are 

provided for long-time automatic defrost 

and variable defrost control. (10 CFR 

part 430 subpart B appendix A1 section 

1, 10 CFR part 430 subpart B appendix 

B1 section 1). The test procedures were 

modified on August 31, 1989 to respond 

to the development of adaptive defrost 

technology. 54 FR 36238. Section 4 of 

both Appendices A1 and B1 address the 

test time period for automatic defrost 

and its variations (See 10 CFR part 430, 

subpart B, appendix A1, section 4 and 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix 

B1, section 4). The methods for 

measuring daily energy use that 

incorporate the energy use of defrost 

heaters for different automatic defrost 

systems are specified in section 5 of 

both Appendices A1 and B1. (10 CFR 

part 430, subpart B, appendix A1, 

section 5 and 10 CFR part 430, subpart 

B, appendix B1, section 5). 

Section III.D.10 of this NOPR 

discusses DOE’s proposed modification 

of the long time defrost test procedure 

to address the energy usage of modern 

defrost control approaches, which are 

not comprehensively captured by the 

current procedure. Section III.D.13.B 

discusses a proposed correction to the 

procedure for measuring defrost energy 

use of dual compressor systems with 

dual defrost. All energy use associated 

with defrost, including both the energy 

input for the heater(s) and all of the 

energy use of the refrigeration system(s) 

required to remove the defrost heat or to 

provide precooling to minimize the 

impact of cabinet warmup during 

defrost should be captured by the 

energy test. 

Heaters for Temperature Control 

Heaters that adjust the temperatures 

of refrigerated compartments are 

addressed indirectly through control 

setting requirements. The current test 

procedures require compartment 

temperature settings consistent with the 

standardized temperatures for these 

compartments. While compartment 

temperature control is primarily 

achieved by compressor cycling and the 

adjustment of dampers controlling the 

air flow to different compartments, 

some products may use electric heaters 

to enhance temperature control 

precision. The control setting 

requirements, among other things, 

specify the procedures for setting the 

temperature control of main 

compartments. (See 10 CFR part 430, 

subpart B, appendix A1, section 3 and 

10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix 

B1, section 3). They also include 

specific procedures for special 

compartments as defined in HRF–1– 

1979, section 7.4.2. Section III.D.5 

discusses proposed modifications to 

procedures for special compartments to 

make the procedures for these 

compartments consistent with 

procedures for convertible 

compartments. 

However, in instances where a 

refrigerator-freezer has more than two 

compartments, or where manufacturers 

have incorporated sub-compartments 

with separate temperature controls, or 

both, the instructions in the current test 

procedure for adjusting temperature 

control settings and for weighted 

averaging of energy measurements based 

on measured compartment temperatures 

are less clear. Section III.D.6 discusses 

issues associated with these situations 

and the agency’s proposed approaches 

for addressing both of these 

circumstances. 

Because the purpose of these test 

procedures is to provide a measurement 

of energy use (including those of 

temperature control heaters) that is 

representative of typical consumer use, 

DOE recognizes the need to explicitly 

address the setting of compartment 

temperatures for more advanced 

products equipped with more 

complicated configurations. Refinement 

of the procedures for setting the 

temperatures of compartments during 

testing in the manner proposed in 

today’s notice will improve the 

consistency of test measurements with 

representative use cycles of products in 

the field. 

Icemaker Heaters 

Manufacturers also use electric 

heaters in automatic icemakers. For 

example, many icemakers use mold 

heaters (or ‘‘harvest heaters’’) to free the 

ice from the icemaker mold. Some 

refrigerator-freezers also have heaters 

integrated with the icemaker fill tubes to 

ensure that water does not freeze in the 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29849 

tube transferring water to the icemaker. 

This topic has been recently addressed 

in a document issued on the refrigerator 

rulemaking Web site (‘‘Additional 

Guidance Regarding Application of 

Current Procedures for Testing Energy 

Consumption of Refrigerator-Freezers 

with Automatic Ice Makers’’, December 

2009, http://www1.eere.energy.gov/ 

buildings/appliance_standards/ 

residential/pdfs/ 

rf_test_procedure_addl_guidance.pdf). 

These views would continue to apply 

to the newly proposed Appendices A 

and B. 

However, energy used by these 

heaters during ice production may not 

be sufficiently captured using the 

current energy test. Consideration of test 

procedures for measurement of 

icemaking energy use is discussed in 

section III.E.5 of this notice. 

Exterior Heaters for Evaporation of 

Defrost Water 

Heaters may be used on the exterior 

of refrigeration products to evaporate 

defrost melt water collected in the 

defrost water pan. The current test 

procedures provide no specific 

requirements for these heaters. 

These heaters may not operate in the 

high-ambient closed-door operational 

conditions found during typical energy 

testing, since, for example, under such 

test conditions, no significant amount of 

defrost water would collect in a defrost 

water pan. The key sources of such 

water in normal operating conditions 

are (1) water vapor that enters with the 

air during door-openings, and (2) 

moisture from food products. Since 

energy testing is conducted with the 

doors closed and with no food products 

in the refrigerator, these key sources of 

moisture are absent and the pans 

generally remain dry. Hence, the energy 

test cannot provide measurements 

consistent with the representative use 

cycles for products with these 

components. DOE requests comments 

on the prevalence of the use of such 

heaters and their likely energy use. DOE 

may consider a test procedure 

amendment requesting manufacturers to 

petition for a waiver for products having 

these heaters to modify the test 

procedure to incorporate a measurement 

addressing their energy use. 

Other Heaters 

There may be additional uses for 

electric resistance heaters in 

refrigeration products that are not 

mentioned in this section. DOE requests 

comment regarding what such uses 

might be, how they contribute to energy 

use in normal operating conditions and 

during testing in accordance with the 

current DOE energy test, and whether 

the current procedure with or without 

the proposed amendments discussed in 

this notice requires additional 

modifications to more accurately reflect 

their energy usage. 

2. Rounding Off Energy Test Results 

The current energy test procedure for 

refrigeration products references HRF– 

1–1979, which specifies the level of 

precision to apply when measuring 

electric energy consumption (0.01 kWh) 

and the accuracy of that measurement 

(within ± 0.5%). (HRF–1–1979 section 

7.3.2). HRF–1–2008 specifies an 

increased level of precision (0.001 kWh) 

for digital watt-hour meters, but retains 

the same requirement of ± 0.5% 

accuracy for energy measurements 

(HRF–1–2008, section 5.4.2). 

The energy use of refrigeration 

products covers a broad range. However, 

a minimally compliant 20-cubic foot 

refrigerator-freezer with automatic 

defrost and a top-mounted freezer 

would have an energy use of roughly 

500 kWh. Applying the above 

requirements, the required accuracy of 

this measurement is, at best, ± 2.5 kWh 

(500 kWh × 0.5%). 

The DOE regulations currently do not 

specify the level of precision that 

refrigeration product manufacturers 

must follow when reporting the energy 

use of their products—see, for example, 

10 CFR 430.23(a)(5). The above example 

suggests that a precision level exceeding 

1 kilowatt-hour may not be warranted 

but DOE is interested in receiving 

comment on this issue. Based on 

comments received, DOE may consider 

adopting a more precise level of 

reported energy usage (e.g., to the tenths 

or hundredths level) or a level that 

would require reporting to the nearest 

kilowatt-hour. Such a requirement 

would be implemented in 10 CFR 

430.23(a)(5), for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers, and in 10 CFR 

430.23(b)(5), for freezers. 

DOE recognizes that, if energy use is 

reported to the nearest kilowatt-hour, 

the specification of maximum allowable 

energy use must also be rounded to the 

nearest kilowatt-hour, to prevent a 

reporting error. For example, if the 

energy standard was 500.7 kWh for a 

product whose energy use measurement 

was 500.6 kWh, rounding the 

measurement to 501 kWh might appear 

to show energy use higher than the 

maximum allowable under the standard. 

DOE will consider proposing that the 

maximum allowable energy use under 

the energy conservation standard be 

rounded to the nearest kilowatt-hour or 

some other fraction as part of the energy 

conservation standard rulemaking. 

DOE requests comment on the 

achievable accuracy in measurement of 

refrigeration product energy use, the 

appropriate level of precision for 

reporting of energy use and on the need 

to provide a similar rounding for 

maximum allowable energy use under 

the energy conservation standard. 

G. Compliance With Other EPCA 

Requirements 

In addition, DOE examined its other 

obligations under EPCA in developing 

this particular rulemaking notice. These 

requirements are addressed in greater 

detail below. 

1. Test Burden 

Section 323(b)(3) of EPCA requires 

that ‘‘any test procedures prescribed or 

amended under this section shall be 

reasonably designed to produce test 

results which measure energy 

efficiency, energy use * * * or 

estimated annual operating cost of a 

covered product during a representative 

average use cycle or period of use * * * 

and shall not be unduly burdensome to 

conduct.’’ (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) For the 

reasons that follow, DOE has tentatively 

concluded that the proposed 

amendments to DOE test procedures 

would satisfy this requirement. 

The proposed amendments generally 

incorporate minor adjustments to test 

sample set-up procedures, the treatment 

of certain product features such as 

convertible compartments, compartment 

temperatures, and volume calculation 

methods. Most of these proposed 

amendments would require no changes 

in the current requirements for 

equipment and instrumentation for 

testing or the time required for testing. 

With respect to the proposed test 

method for variable anti-sweat heaters, 

this proposal would specify testing in a 

humidity-controlled test chamber and 

require conducting three tests to 

measure energy use for steady-state 

cycling operation of a refrigeratorfreezer. As a result, this change would 

require manufacturers of products 

equipped with variable anti-sweat 

heater controls to conduct additional 

testing. DOE estimates that the 

additional testing is expected to 

represent roughly a doubling of test time 

for these products, from roughly 5 days 

to roughly 10 days, which is consistent 

with the additional test burden 

associated with an anti-sweat heater 

switch, the approach used by some 

manufacturers to reduce the energy 

impact of anti-sweat heaters prior to 

granting of the variable anti-sweat 

heater control waivers. 

Among the options that DOE 

considered in preparation of today’s 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29850 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

notice include: (1) Allowing the test 

procedure to be conducted exactly as 

described in the waivers or interim 

waivers granted to GE, Whirlpool, 

Electrolux, and Samsung, and (2) 

harmonizing ambient temperature of the 

test with the 90 °F generally used for 

energy testing. After reviewing these 

options, DOE believes that the 

additional testing required for variable 

anti-sweat heaters is the least 

burdensome approach to determine the 

energy use of variable anti-sweat heaters 

while helping to ensure that these 

components are sufficiently addressed 

in the agency’s test procedure. 

At least two reasons support this 

view. First, manufacturers of 

refrigerator-freezers generally have test 

chambers with humidity control that 

would be appropriate for testing 

products with variable anti-sweat 

heaters since manufacturers would need 

such test chambers in the first instance 

to verify the effectiveness of anti-sweat 

and defrost devices in their products. 

While the additional testing that would 

be required may double the test time for 

products with variable anti-sweat heater 

control, it is unclear that any lessburdensome approaches could reliably 

verify that the control systems work as 

described. 

Second, relatively few products 

would require the variable anti-sweat 

test, which would mean that the overall 

cost on the industry would be low. (An 

example of such a product would be a 

refrigerator-freezer equipped with 

French doors, for which anti-sweat 

heating for the seal between the French 

doors cannot be provided with 

customary hot-liquid refrigerant 

heating.) Accordingly, DOE does not 

anticipate that manufacturers would 

need to outlay significant capital 

expenditures for new testing facilities or 

equipment to comply with the proposed 

variable anti-sweat test method and has 

tentatively concluded that the proposed 

test procedure amendments would not 

be unduly burdensome to conduct. 

As an option to reduce the test burden 

associated with the variable anti-sweat 

control test procedure, DOE may 

consider allowing certification of 

products having such a feature based on 

the anti-sweat heater energy use 

contribution measured for a product 

with the same variable anti-sweat 

heating system design. Such an 

approach would require energy test 

measurements made in support of 

certification to be made as currently 

required for all products. However, the 

value of the ‘‘Correction Factor’’ 

representing the energy use contribution 

of the anti-sweat heaters could be based 

on measurements conducted for a 

product with the same variable antisweat heating system design. The same 

system design would include use of the 

same heater wattages in the same 

locations of the product, and control 

using the same algorithms. DOE seeks 

comment on whether such an approach 

would be acceptable, and whether the 

characterization of ‘‘same variable antisweat heater system design’’ is 

appropriate. Further, DOE seeks 

information justifying this suggested 

approach for reducing the test burden 

associated with the proposed variable 

anti-sweat heater control test procedure, 

including data demonstrating that it 

would provide an accurate and 

repeatable representation of energy use. 

DOE also seeks information regarding 

any alternative approach that could be 

considered to address this test burden 

issue, with supporting information and 

data to support such an alternative. 

2. Potential Amendments To Include 

Standby and Off Mode Energy 

Consumption 

EPCA directs DOE to amend test 

procedures ‘‘to include standby mode 

and off mode energy consumption 

* * * with such energy consumption 

integrated into the overall energy 

efficiency, energy consumption, or other 

energy descriptor for each covered 

product, unless the Secretary 

determines that—(i) the current test 

procedures for a covered product 

already fully account for and 

incorporate the standby and off mode 

energy consumption of the covered 

product * * * ’’ 42 U.S.C. 

6295(gg)(2)(A)(i). The DOE test 

procedures for refrigeration products 

involve measuring the energy use of 

these products during extended time 

periods that include periods when the 

compressor and other key components 

are cycled off. All of the energy these 

products use during the ‘‘off cycles’’ is 

included in the measurements. The 

refrigeration product could include any 

auxiliary features which draw power in 

a standby or off mode. HRF–1–1979 and 

HRF–1–2008 provide instructions that 

certain auxiliary features should be set 

to the lowest power position during 

testing. In this lowest power position, 

any standby or off mode energy use of 

such auxiliary features would be 

included in the energy measurement. 

Hence, no separate changes are needed 

to account for standby and off mode 

energy consumption, since the current 

procedures (and as proposed) address 

these modes. 

IV. Procedural Requirements 

A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 

The Office of Management and Budget 

has determined that test procedure 

rulemakings do not constitute 

‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ under 

section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, 

Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR 

51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this 

proposed action was not subject to 

review under the Executive Order by the 

Office of Information and Regulatory 

Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of 

Management and Budget (OMB). 

B. Review Under the Regulatory 

Flexibility Act 

The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 

U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation 

of an initial regulatory flexibility 

analysis for any rule that by law must 

be proposed for public comment, unless 

the agency certifies that the proposed 

rule, if promulgated, will not have a 

significant economic impact on a 

substantial number of small entities. As 

required by Executive Order 13272, 

‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities 

in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461 

(August 16, 2002), DOE published 

procedures and policies on February 19, 

2003, to ensure that the potential 

impacts of its rules on small entities are 

properly considered during the 

rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE 

has made its procedures and policies 

available on the Office of the General 

Counsel’s Web site (http:// 

www.gc.doe.gov). 

DOE reviewed the test procedures 

considered in today’s notice of proposed 

rulemaking under the provisions of the 

Regulatory Flexibility Act and the 

procedures and policies published on 

February 19, 2003. This proposed rule 

prescribes test procedures that would be 

used to test compliance with energy 

conservation standards for the products 

that are the subject of this rulemaking. 

The Small Business Administration 

(SBA) considers an entity to be a small 

business if, together with its affiliates, it 

employs less than a threshold number of 

workers specified in 13 CFR part 121, 

which relies on size standards and 

codes established by the North 

American Industry Classification 

System (NAICS). The threshold number 

for NAICS code 335222, which applies 

to Household Refrigerator and Home 

Freezer Manufacturing, is 1,000 

employees. 

DOE searched the SBA Web site 

(http://dsbs.sba.gov/dsbs/search/ 

dsp_dsbs.cfm) to identify manufacturers 

within this NAICS code that produce 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and/ 

or freezers. Most of the manufacturers 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29851 

supplying these products are large 

multinational corporations with more 

than 1,000 employees. There are several 

small businesses involved in the sale of 

refrigeration products that are listed on 

the SBA Web site under the NAICS code 

for this industry. However, DOE 

believes that only U-Line Corporation of 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin is a small 

business that manufactures these 

products. U-Line primarily 

manufactures compact refrigerators and 

related compact products such as wine 

coolers and icemakers (these icemakers 

are distinguished from the automatic 

icemakers installed in many residential 

refrigeration products in that they are 

complete icemaking appliances using 

either typical residential icemaking 

technology or the clear icemaking 

technology used extensively in 

commercial icemakers—they are 

distinguished from refrigerators in that 

their sole purpose is production and 

storage of ice). 

DOE has tentatively concluded that 

the proposed rule would not have a 

significant impact on small 

manufacturers under the provisions of 

the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The 

proposed rule would amend DOE’s 

energy test procedures for refrigeration 

products. The amendments do not 

require use of test facilities or test 

equipment that differ significantly from 

the test facilities or test equipment that 

manufacturers currently use to evaluate 

the energy efficiency of these products. 

Further, the amended test procedures 

would not be significantly more difficult 

or time-consuming to conduct than 

current DOE energy test procedures 

except for the amendments addressing 

testing of products with variable antisweat heating controls. The products 

that currently have such control, 

refrigerator-freezers with bottommounted freezers and French doors 

serving the fresh food compartment, are 

all manufactured by large 

manufacturers. U-Line, the only small 

business manufacturer that has been 

identified, does not manufacture these 

products. 

For these reasons, DOE tentatively 

concludes and certifies that the 

proposed rule would not have a 

significant economic impact on a 

substantial number of small entities. 

Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a 

regulatory flexibility analysis for this 

rulemaking. DOE will transmit the 

certification and supporting statement 

of factual basis to the Chief Counsel for 

Advocacy of the SBA for review under 

5 U.S.C. 605(b). 

C. Review Under the Paperwork 

Reduction Act of 1995 

This proposed rulemaking will 

impose no new information collection 

or record-keeping requirements. 

Accordingly, OMB clearance is not 

required under the Paperwork 

Reduction Act. (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.) 

D. Review Under the National 

Environmental Policy Act of 1969 

In this notice, DOE proposes to amend 

its test procedure for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. These 

amendments would improve the ability 

of DOE’s procedures to more accurately 

account for the energy consumption of 

products that incorporate a variety of 

new technologies that were not 

contemplated when the current 

procedure was promulgated. The 

proposed amendments would also be 

used to develop and implement future 

energy conservation standards for 

refrigeration products. DOE has 

determined that this rule falls into a 

class of actions that are categorically 

excluded from review under the 

National Environmental Policy Act of 

1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and DOE’s 

implementing regulations at 10 CFR part 

1021. Specifically, this rule amends an 

existing rule without changing its 

environmental effect, and, therefore, is 

covered by the Categorical Exclusion in 

10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, paragraph 

A5. The exclusion applies because this 

rule would establish revisions to 

existing test procedures that would not 

affect the amount, quality, or 

distribution of energy usage, and, 

therefore, would not result in any 

environmental impacts. Accordingly, 

neither an environmental assessment 

nor an environmental impact statement 

is required. 

E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 

Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 

imposes certain requirements on 

agencies formulating and implementing 

policies or regulations that preempt 

State law or that have Federalism 

implications. 64 FR 43255 (August 10, 

1999). The Executive Order requires 

agencies to examine the constitutional 

and statutory authority supporting any 

action that would limit the 

policymaking discretion of the States 

and to carefully assess the necessity for 

such actions. The Executive Order also 

requires agencies to have an accountable 

process to ensure meaningful and timely 

input by State and local officials in the 

development of regulatory policies that 

have Federalism implications. On 

March 14, 2000, DOE published a 

statement of policy describing the 

intergovernmental consultation process 

that it will follow in developing such 

regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE 

examined this proposed rule and 

determined that it would not have a 

substantial direct effect on the States, on 

the relationship between the national 

government and the States, or on the 

distribution of power and 

responsibilities among the various 

levels of government. EPCA governs and 

prescribes Federal preemption of State 

regulations as to energy conservation for 

the products that are the subject of 

today’s proposed rule. States can 

petition DOE for exemption from such 

preemption to the extent, and based on 

criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 

6297) No further action is required by 

Executive Order 13132. 

F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 

Regarding the review of existing 

regulations and the promulgation of 

new regulations, section 3(a) of 

Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice 

Reform,’’ 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), 

imposes on Federal agencies the general 

duty to adhere to the following 

requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting 

errors and ambiguity; (2) write 

regulations to minimize litigation; (3) 

provide a clear legal standard for 

affected conduct rather than a general 

standard; and (4) promote simplification 

and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of 

Executive Order 12988 specifically 

requires that Executive agencies make 

every reasonable effort to ensure that the 

regulation specifies the following: (1) 

The preemptive effect, if any; (2) any 

effect on existing Federal law or 

regulation; (3) a clear legal standard for 

affected conduct while promoting 

simplification and burden reduction; (4) 

the retroactive effect, if any; (5) 

definitions of key terms; and (6) other 

important issues affecting clarity and 

general draftsmanship under any 

guidelines issued by the Attorney 

General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 

12988 requires Executive agencies to 

review regulations in light of applicable 

standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to 

determine whether they are met or 

whether it is unreasonable to meet one 

or more of them. DOE has completed the 

required review and determined that, to 

the extent permitted by law, this 

proposed rule meets the relevant 

standards of Executive Order 12988. 

G. Review Under the Unfunded 

Mandates Reform Act of 1995 

Title II of the Unfunded Mandates 

Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 

104–4; 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.) requires 

each Federal agency to assess the effects 

of Federal regulatory actions on State, 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29852 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

local, and Tribal governments and the 

private sector. For a proposed regulatory 

action likely to result in a rule that may 

cause the expenditure by State, local, 

and Tribal governments, in the 

aggregate, or by the private sector of 

$100 million or more in any one year 

(adjusted annually for inflation), section 

202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency 

to publish estimates of the resulting 

costs, benefits, and other effects on the 

national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a)–(b)) 

UMRA also requires a Federal agency to 

develop an effective process to permit 

timely input by elected officers of State, 

local, and Tribal governments on a 

proposed ‘‘significant intergovernmental 

mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan 

for giving notice and opportunity for 

timely input to potentially affected 

small governments before establishing 

any requirements that might 

significantly or uniquely affect such 

governments. On March 18, 1997, DOE 

published a statement of policy on its 

process for intergovernmental 

consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 

12820. (The policy is also available at 

http://www.gc.doe.gov). Today’s 

proposed rule contains neither an 

intergovernmental mandate nor a 

mandate that may result in an 

expenditure of $100 million or more in 

any year, so these requirements do not 

apply. 

H. Review Under the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 1999 

Section 654 of the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires 

Federal agencies to issue a Family 

Policymaking Assessment for any rule 

that may affect family well-being. 

Today’s proposed rule would not have 

any impact on the autonomy or integrity 

of the family as an institution. 

Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it 

is not necessary to prepare a Family 

Policymaking Assessment. 

I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 

DOE has determined, under Executive 

Order 12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions 

and Interference with Constitutionally 

Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 

(March 18, 1988), that this proposed 

regulation would not result in any 

takings that might require compensation 

under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. 

Constitution. 

J. Review Under the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 2001 

Section 515 of the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides 

for agencies to review most 

disseminations of information to the 

public under guidelines established by 

each agency pursuant to general 

guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s 

guidelines were published at 67 FR 

8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s 

guidelines were published at 67 FR 

62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed 

today’s proposed rule under OMB and 

DOE guidelines and has concluded that 

it is consistent with applicable policies 

in those guidelines. 

K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 

Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions 

Concerning Regulations That 

Significantly Affect Energy Supply, 

Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May 

22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to 

prepare and submit to OIRA a Statement 

of Energy Effects for any proposed 

significant energy action. A ‘‘significant 

energy action’’ is defined as any action 

by an agency that promulgates or is 

expected to lead to promulgation of a 

final rule and that (1) is a significant 

regulatory action under Executive Order 

12866, or any successor order; and (2) 

is likely to have a significant adverse 

effect on the supply, distribution, or use 

of energy; or (3) is designated by the 

Administrator of OIRA as a significant 

energy action. For any proposed 

significant energy action, the agency 

must give a detailed statement of any 

adverse effects on energy supply, 

distribution, or use if the proposal is 

implemented, and of reasonable 

alternatives to the action and their 

expected benefits on energy supply, 

distribution, and use. Today’s proposed 

regulatory action is not a significant 

regulatory action under Executive Order 

12866. It has likewise not been 

designated as a significant energy action 

by the Administrator of OIRA. 

Moreover, it would not have a 

significant adverse effect on the supply, 

distribution, or use of energy. Therefore, 

it is not a significant energy action, and, 

accordingly, DOE has not prepared a 

Statement of Energy Effects. 

L. Review Under Section 32 of the 

Federal Energy Administration Act of 

1974 

Under section 301 of the DOE 

Organization Act (Pub. L. 95–91; 42 

U.S.C. 7101 et seq.), DOE must comply 

with section 32 of the Federal Energy 

Administration Act of 1974, as amended 

by the Federal Energy Administration 

Authorization Act of 1977 (FEAA). (15 

U.S.C. 788) Section 32 essentially 

provides in part that, where a proposed 

rule authorizes or requires use of 

commercial standards, the rulemaking 

must inform the public of the use and 

background of such standards. In 

addition, section 32(c) requires DOE to 

consult with the Attorney General and 

the Chairman of the Federal Trade 

Commission (FTC) concerning the 

impact of the commercial or industry 

standards on competition. 

The proposed modifications to the 

test procedures addressed by this 

proposed action incorporate testing 

methods contained in certain sections of 

the commercial standards, AHAM 

Standards HRF–1–1979 and HRF–1– 

2008. DOE has evaluated these two 

versions of this standard and is unable 

to conclude whether it fully complies 

with the requirements of section 32(b) of 

the FEAA (i.e., whether it was 

developed in a manner that fully 

provides for public participation, 

comment, and review.) DOE will 

consult with the Attorney General and 

the Chairman of the FTC about the 

impact on competition of using the 

methods contained in this standard, 

before prescribing a final rule. 

V. Public Participation 

A. Attendance at the Public Meeting 

The time, date, and location of the 

public meeting are listed in the DATES

and ADDRESSES sections at the beginning 

of this NOPR. To attend the public 

meeting, please notify Ms. Brenda 

Edwards at (202) 586–2945. As 

explained in the ADDRESSES section, 

foreign nationals visiting DOE 

Headquarters are subject to advance 

security screening procedures. 

B. Procedure for Submitting Requests To 

Speak 

Any person who has an interest in 

today’s notice, or who is a 

representative of a group or class of 

persons that has an interest in these 

issues, may request an opportunity to 

make an oral presentation at the public 

meeting. Such persons may handdeliver requests to speak to the address 

shown in the ADDRESSES section at the 

beginning of this notice between 9 a.m. 

and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, 

except Federal holidays. Requests may 

also be sent by mail or e-mail to Ms. 

Brenda Edwards, U.S. Department of 

Energy, Building Technologies Program, 

Mailstop EE–2J, 1000 Independence 

Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585– 

0121, or Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov. 

Persons who wish to speak should 

include in their request a computer 

diskette or CD in WordPerfect, Microsoft 

Word, PDF, or text (ASCII) file format 

that briefly describes the nature of their 

interest in this rulemaking and the 

topics they wish to discuss. Such 

persons should also provide a daytime 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29853 

telephone number where they can be 

reached. 

DOE requests persons scheduled to 

make an oral presentation to submit an 

advance copy of their statements at least 

one week before the public meeting. 

DOE may permit persons who cannot 

supply an advance copy of their 

statement to participate, if those persons 

have made advance alternative 

arrangements with the Building 

Technologies Program. Requests to give 

an oral presentation should ask for such 

alternative arrangements. 

C. Conduct of Public Meeting 

DOE will designate an agency official 

to preside at the public meeting and 

may also use a professional facilitator to 

aid discussion. The meeting will not be 

a judicial or evidentiary-type public 

hearing, but DOE will conduct it in 

accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553 and 

section 336 of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6306). A 

court reporter will be present to record 

the proceedings and prepare a 

transcript. DOE reserves the right to 

schedule the order of presentations and 

to establish the procedures governing 

the conduct of the public meeting. After 

the public meeting, interested parties 

may submit further comments on the 

proceedings as well as on any aspect of 

the rulemaking until the end of the 

comment period. 

The public meeting will be conducted 

in an informal, conference style. DOE 

will present summaries of comments 

received before the public meeting, 

allow time for presentations by 

participants, and encourage all 

interested parties to share their views on 

issues affecting this rulemaking. Each 

participant will be allowed to make a 

prepared general statement (within time 

limits determined by DOE), before the 

discussion of specific topics. DOE will 

permit other participants to comment 

briefly on any general statements. At the 

end of all prepared statements on each 

specific topic, DOE will permit 

participants to clarify their statements 

briefly and to comment on statements 

made by others. 

Participants should be prepared to 

answer DOE’s and other participants’ 

questions. DOE representatives may also 

ask participants about other matters 

relevant to this rulemaking. The official 

conducting the public meeting will 

accept additional comments or 

questions from those attending, as time 

permits. The presiding official will 

announce any further procedural rules 

or modification of the above procedures 

that may be needed for the proper 

conduct of the public meeting. 

DOE will make the entire record of 

this proposed rulemaking, including the 

transcript from the public meeting, 

available for inspection at the U.S. 

Department of Energy, 6th Floor, 950 

L’Enfant Plaza, SW., Washington, DC 

20024, (202) 586–2945, between 9 a.m. 

and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, 

except Federal holidays. Copies of the 

transcript are available for purchase 

from the transcribing reporter. 

D. Submission of Comments 

DOE will accept comments, data, and 

information regarding the proposed rule 

before or after the public meeting, but 

no later than the date provided at the 

beginning of this notice. Comments, 

data, and information submitted to 

DOE’s e-mail address for this 

rulemaking should be provided in 

WordPerfect, Microsoft Word, PDF, or 

text (ASCII) file format. Stakeholders 

should avoid the use of special 

characters or any form of encryption, 

and wherever possible, comments 

should include the electronic signature 

of the author. Comments, data, and 

information submitted to DOE via mail 

or hand delivery/courier should include 

one signed original paper copy. No 

telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted. 

Pursuant to 10 CFR 1004.11, any 

person submitting information that he 

or she believes to be confidential and 

exempt by law from public disclosure 

should submit two copies: one copy of 

the document that includes all of the 

information believed to be confidential, 

and one copy of the document with that 

information deleted. DOE will 

determine the confidential status of the 

information and treat it accordingly. 

Factors of interest to DOE when 

evaluating requests to treat submitted 

information as confidential include the 

following: (1) A description of the items; 

(2) whether and why such items are 

customarily treated as confidential 

within the industry; (3) whether the 

information is generally known by or 

available from other sources; (4) 

whether the information was previously 

made available to others without 

obligation concerning its 

confidentiality; (5) an explanation of the 

competitive injury to the submitting 

person that would result from public 

disclosure; (6) when such information 

might lose its confidential character due 

to the passage of time; and (7) why 

disclosure of the information would be 

contrary to the public interest. 

E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment 

DOE is particularly interested in 

receiving comments and views of 

interested parties on the following 

issues: 

1. Electric Refrigerator Definition: 

DOE requests comment on whether 

any clarifications are needed regarding 

the definition for electric refrigerators. 

2. Measured Energy Impacts of 

Amendments Proposed To Take Effect 

Prior to the Effective Date of the New 

Energy Conservation Standards: 

DOE invites comment on whether any 

of the amendments proposed to take 

effect prior to the effective date of the 

new energy conservations standards 

(scheduled per EPCA to be January 1, 

2014), have a significant impact on 

measured energy use. DOE requests 

information quantifying these impacts, 

if any. 

3. Incorporating by Reference AHAM 

Standard HRF–1–2008: 

DOE invites comment on the 

approach proposed for incorporating 

provisions of AHAM Standard HRF–1– 

2008, including (a) maintaining the 

reference to AHAM Standard HRF–1– 

1979 in Appendices A1 and B1, which 

will continue to be in effect until the 

new energy conservation standards 

become mandatory; (b) incorporating 

directly into Appendices A1 and B1 

language from AHAM Standard HRF–1– 

2008 to clarify test procedures; and (c) 

changing all references to HRF–1–2008 

for Appendices A and B, which will 

take effect simultaneously with the new 

energy conservation standards. 

4. Test Sample Preparation: 

DOE invites comments on the 

proposed clarifications of test 

procedures for preparing test samples. 

DOE has proposed allowed and required 

deviations from set-up according to 

installation instructions and invites 

comments on whether additional such 

deviations should be incorporated into 

the test procedure. 

5. Test Procedure Waivers for 

Products for Which Test Measurements 

Are not Representative: 

DOE seeks comment on the proposed 

language requiring petition for waivers 

to address products equipped with 

controls or other features that modify 

the operation of energy using 

components during the energy test. DOE 

seeks comment on whether more 

specific definition could or should be 

provided to define either the product 

characteristics that would make the test 

procedure unsuitable for use or to 

define representative average use. 

6. Temperature Sensor Locations: 

DOE seeks comment regarding 

frequency of testing using temperature 

sensor locations not specifically shown 

in Figures 7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1–1979. 

DOE also seeks comment on whether 

the proposed exception to proposed 

requirements for waivers associated 

with non-standard sensor location 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29854 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

arrangements are reasonable for limiting 

the frequency of such waivers. 

7. Convertible Temperature 

Compartments and Special 

Compartments: 

DOE invites comment on the 

proposed clarifications of test 

procedures for treatment of convertibletemperature and the proposed 

amendments to the test procedures for 

special compartments. DOE also 

requests comment on whether a size 

limit should be established for 

classification of a special compartment, 

and what a reasonable size limit might 

be. 

8. Auxiliary Compartments: 

DOE invites comment on the 

proposed approach to modification of 

the test procedures to address auxiliary 

compartments with external doors. 

9. Anti-Sweat Heater Definition: 

DOE invites comment on the proposal 

to allow the anti-sweat heater definition 

to include condensation of moisture on 

all rather than just exterior cabinet 

surfaces. DOE also seeks comment 

regarding whether additional clarity 

beyond the proposed amendments is 

required. 

10. Elimination of the Optional Third 

Part of the Test for Refrigerator-Freezers 

With Variable Defrost: 

DOE invites comment on the 

proposed elimination of the optional 

third part of the test for testing 

refrigerator-freezers with variable 

defrost. In particular, DOE requests 

information indicating that the third 

part of the procedure has been used in 

recent years for rating a product, and 

whether it provides a more accurate 

indication of the frequency of defrosts 

for such products than the default 

equation for this parameter. 

11. Test Method for Variable AntiSweat Heating Energy Contribution: 

DOE invites comment on the proposal 

to incorporate into the test procedures a 

determination of the energy use 

associated with variable anti-sweat 

heater controls involving test 

measurements. DOE also invites 

comment on whether the variable antisweat heater test procedure should also 

be incorporated into Appendices B and 

B1 for freezers. Finally, DOE invites 

comment on the suggested approach for 

reduction of test burden associated with 

the proposed test; DOE requests 

information and data providing 

justification for adopting this approach. 

12. New Compartment Temperatures: 

DOE invites comment on the 

establishment of new compartment 

temperatures for testing of refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers and the new 

volume adjustment factors for testing 

refrigeration products. 

13. New Volume Calculation Method: 

DOE invites comment on the 

establishment of a new volume 

calculation method. DOE also invites 

comment on the proposed clarification 

of the HRF–1–2008 volume calculation 

method addressing treatment of 

automatic icemakers and ice storage 

bins in the volume calculation method. 

Finally, DOE requests comment on 

whether this clarification should be 

applied also to freezers. 

14. Defrost Precooling Energy: 

DOE invites comment on the 

proposals to include precooling energy 

in the procedures for testing products 

with long-time or variable defrost 

controls. DOE also invites comment 

regarding whether additional test 

procedure amendments are appropriate 

in order to address possible use of 

partial recovery to reduce energy use of 

this part of the test. 

15. Multiple Defrost Cycle Types: 

DOE requests comments on the 

proposed amendments addressing test 

procedures for products with long-time 

or variable defrost that incorporate 

multiple types of defrost cycles. 

16. Wall Clearance: 

DOE invites comment on the 

proposed procedures regarding 

clearance between the rear of a tested 

cabinet and the test chamber or 

simulated wall. 

17. Combination Wine StorageFreezer Products: 

DOE invites comment on its proposal 

to modify the definition of refrigeratorfreezer to exclude products which 

combine a freezer and a wine storage 

compartment. 

18. Icemaking: 

DOE requests comments on the 

proposed approach for integrating 

icemaking energy use into the energy 

use metrics for refrigeration products. 

DOE requests recommendations for 

development of a test method for 

determination of icemaking energy use, 

including data to show the viability of 

recommended approaches. DOE 

requests comments on whether 

refrigerators with freezer compartments 

could include icemakers. Finally, DOE 

requests any updated data supporting 

determination of a representative daily 

ice production factor. 

19. Presence of Ice in the Ice Bin 

During Testing: 

DOE seeks comment on whether a 

requirement should be adopted in the 

test procedure specifying whether ice 

may be in the ice bin during energy 

testing. 

20. Temperature Settings: 

DOE requests comment on proposed 

modifications to the test procedures to 

clarify requirements for temperature 

settings, including whether DOE’s 

understanding regarding the approach 

used by manufacturers is correct, and 

comment on whether these 

requirements should be incorporated 

into Appendices A1 and B1 as well as 

Appendices A and B. DOE also request 

comment on whether rating of products 

should be disallowed in case of tests in 

which compartment temperatures are 

higher than their standardized 

temperatures with temperature controls 

in their coldest position, and whether 

such an amendment should be 

introduced immediately in Appendices 

A1 and B1, or whether they should be 

considered only for Appendices A and 

B. 

21. Electric Heaters: 

DOE requests comment regarding 

electric heaters: what types exist that are 

not already discussed in section III.F.1; 

how do they contribute to energy use in 

typical consumer use and during the 

energy test; and whether modifications 

are needed (and if so what types) to 

more accurately reflect their energy use 

impact? 

22. Energy Use Measurement RoundOff: 

DOE requests comment on the 

achievable accuracy in measurement of 

refrigeration product energy use and the 

guidance under consideration to specify 

reporting of energy use to the nearest 

kilowatt-hour and on the need to 

provide a similar rounding for 

maximum allowable energy use under 

the energy conservation standard. 

23. Certification Report Amendments: 

DOE requests comments on the 

proposed additions to certification 

reports that will clarify the approach 

used to test the product. 

VI. Approval of the Office of the 

Secretary 

The Secretary of Energy has approved 

publication of this notice of proposed 

rulemaking. 

List of Subjects in 10 CFR part 430 

Administrative practice and 

procedure, Confidential business 

information, Energy conservation, 

Household appliances, Imports, 

Intergovernmental relations, Small 

businesses. 

Issued in Washington, DC, on April 1, 

2010. 

Cathy Zoi, 

Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and 

Renewable Energy. 

For the reasons stated in the 

preamble, DOE proposes to amend part 

430 of chapter II of title 10, of the Code 

of Federal Regulations, as set forth 

below: 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29855 

PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION 

PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER 

PRODUCTS 

1. The authority citation for part 430 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. 

2461 note. 

2. Section 430.2 is amended by 

revising the definition for ‘‘electric 

refrigerator-freezer’’ to read as follows: 

§ 430.2 Definitions. 

* * * * * 

Electric refrigerator-freezer means a 

cabinet which consists of two or more 

compartments with at least one of the 

compartments designed for the 

refrigerated storage of food at 

temperatures above 32 °F and below 

39 °F and with at least one of the 

compartments designed for the freezing 

and storage of food at temperatures 

below 8 °F which may be adjusted by 

the user to a temperature of 0 °F or 

below. Additional compartments shall 

be designed for temperature in any 

range up to 39 °F. The source of 

refrigeration requires single phase, 

alternating current electric energy input 

only. 

* * * * * 

3. Section 430.3 is amended by 

redesignating paragraph (g)(1) as (g)(2) 

and adding new paragraphs (g)(1) and 

(g)(3), to read as follows: 

§ 430.3 Materials incorporated by 

reference. 

(g) * * * 

(1) ANSI/AHAM HRF–1–1979, 

(‘‘HRF–1–1979’’), American National 

Standard, Household Refrigerators, 

Combination Refrigerator-Freezers and 

Household Freezers, approved May 17, 

1979, IBR approved for Appendices A1 

and B1 to Subpart B. 

* * * * * 

(3) AHAM Standard HRF–1–2008, 

(‘‘HRF–1–2008’’), Association of Home 

Appliance Manufacturers, Energy, 

Performance and Capacity of Household 

Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers and 

Freezers, approved September 13, 2008, 

as modified by Errata published 

November 17, 2009, IBR approved for 

Appendices A and B to Subpart B. 

* * * * * 

3. Section 430.23 is amended by 

revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read 

as follows: 

§ 430.23 Test procedures for the 

measurement of energy and water 

consumption. 

(a) Refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers. (1) The estimated annual 

operating cost for electric refrigerators 

and electric refrigerator-freezers with 

variable anti-sweat heater control or 

without an anti-sweat heater switch 

shall be the product of the following 

three factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally 

vented units) of Appendix A1 of this 

subpart before Appendix A becomes 

mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally 

vented units) of Appendix A of this 

subpart after Appendix A becomes 

mandatory (see the note at the beginning 

of Appendix A); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(2) The estimated annual operating 

cost for electric refrigerators and electric 

refrigerator-freezers with an anti-sweat 

heater switch and without variable antisweat heater control shall be the 

product of the following three factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 

for externally vented units) of Appendix 

A1 of this subpart before Appendix A 

becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for 

externally vented units) of Appendix A 

of this subpart after Appendix A 

becomes mandatory (see the note at the 

beginning of Appendix A); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(3) The estimated annual operating 

cost for any other specified cycle type 

for electric refrigerators and electric 

refrigerator-freezers shall be the product 

of the following three factors: (i) The 

representative average-use cycle of 365 

cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the specified cycle 

type, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 

for externally vented units) of Appendix 

A1 to this subpart before Appendix A 

becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for 

externally vented units) of Appendix A 

of this subpart after Appendix A 

becomes mandatory (see the note at the 

beginning of Appendix A); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(4) The energy factor for electric 

refrigerators and electric refrigeratorfreezers, expressed in cubic feet per 

kilowatt-hour per cycle, shall be: 

(i) For electric refrigerators and 

electric refrigerator-freezers with 

variable anti-sweat heater control or 

without an anti-sweat heater switch, the 

quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted total volume in 

cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 

of Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.1 of Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A), divided by— 

(B) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally 

vented units) of Appendix A1 of this 

subpart before Appendix A becomes 

mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally 

vented units) of Appendix A of this 

subpart after Appendix A becomes 

mandatory (see the note at the beginning 

of Appendix A), the resulting quotient 

then being rounded off to the second 

decimal place; and 

(ii) For electric refrigerators and 

electric refrigerator-freezers having an 

anti-sweat heater switch and without 

variable anti-sweat heater control, the 

quotient of— 

(A) The adjusted total volume in 

cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 

of Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.1 of Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A), divided by— 

(B) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 

for externally vented units) of Appendix 

A1 of this subpart before Appendix A 

becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for 

externally vented units) of Appendix A 

of this subpart after Appendix A 

becomes mandatory (see the note at the 

beginning of Appendix A), the resulting 

quotient then being rounded off to the 

second decimal place. 

(5) The annual energy use of electric 

refrigerators and electric refrigeratorVerDate Mar<15>2010 16:49 May 26, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4702 E:\FR\FM\27MYP2.SGM 27MYP2

sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29856 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

freezers, expressed in kilowatt-hours per 

year, shall be: 

(i) For electric refrigerators and 

electric refrigerator-freezers with 

variable anti-sweat heater control or 

without an anti-sweat heater switch, the 

representative average use cycle of 365 

cycles per year multiplied by the 

average per-cycle energy consumption 

for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours 

per cycle, determined according to 6.2 

(6.3.6 for externally vented units) of 

Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of 

Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A), and 

(ii) For electric refrigerators and 

electric refrigerator-freezers having an 

anti-sweat heater switch and without 

variable anti-sweat heater control, the 

representative average use cycle of 365 

cycles per year times half the sum of the 

average per-cycle energy consumption 

for the standard cycle and the average 

per-cycle energy consumption for a test 

cycle type with the anti-sweat heater 

switch in the position set at the factory 

just before shipping, each in kilowatthours per cycle, determined according 

to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) 

of Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of 

Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A). 

(6) Other useful measures of energy 

consumption for electric refrigerators 

and electric refrigerator-freezers shall be 

those measures of energy consumption 

for electric refrigerators and electric 

refrigerator-freezers that the Secretary 

determines are likely to assist 

consumers in making purchasing 

decisions which are derived from the 

application of Appendix A1 of this 

subpart before Appendix A becomes 

mandatory Appendix A of this subpart 

after Appendix A becomes mandatory 

(see the note at the beginning of 

Appendix A). 

(7) The estimated regional annual 

operating cost for externally vented 

electric refrigerators and externally 

vented electric refrigerator-freezers with 

variable anti-sweat heater control or 

without an anti-sweat heater switch 

shall be the product of the following 

three factors: (i) The representative 

average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, 

(ii) The regional average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the standard 

cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

determined according to 6.3.7 of 

Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.3.7 of Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(8) The estimated regional annual 

operating cost for externally vented 

electric refrigerators and externally 

vented electric refrigerator-freezers with 

an anti-sweat heater switch and without 

variable anti-sweat heater control shall 

be the product of the following three 

factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the regional average 

per-cycle energy consumption for a test 

cycle with the anti-sweat heater switch 

in the position set at the factory just 

before shipping, each in kilowatt-hours 

per cycle, determined according to 6.3.7 

of Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.3.7 of Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(9) The estimated regional annual 

operating cost for any other specified 

cycle for externally vented electric 

refrigerators and externally vented 

electric refrigerator-freezers shall be the 

product of the following three factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The regional average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the specified 

cycle, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

determined according to 6.3.7 of 

Appendix A1 of this subpart before 

Appendix A becomes mandatory and 

6.3.7 of Appendix A of this subpart after 

Appendix A becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

A); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(10) The energy test procedure is 

designed to provide a measurement 

consistent with representative average 

consumer use of the product, even if the 

test conditions and/or procedures may 

not themselves all be representative of 

average consumer use (e.g, 90 °F 

ambient conditions, no door openings, 

use of temperature settings unsafe for 

food preservation, etc.). If a product 

contains energy consuming components 

that operate differently during the 

prescribed testing than they would 

during representative average consumer 

use and applying the prescribed test to 

that product would evaluate it in a 

manner that is unrepresentative of its 

true energy consumption (thereby 

providing materially inaccurate 

comparative data), the prescribed 

procedure may not be used. Examples of 

products that cannot be tested using the 

prescribed test procedure include those 

products that can exhibit operating 

parameters (e.g, duty cycle or input 

wattage) for any energy using 

component that are not smoothly 

varying functions of operating 

conditions or control inputs—such as 

when a component is automatically shut 

off when test conditions or test settings 

are reached. A manufacturer wishing to 

test such a product must obtain a waiver 

in accordance with the relevant 

provisions of 10 CFR 430. 

(b) Freezers. (1) The estimated annual 

operating cost for freezers without an 

anti-sweat heater switch shall be the 

product of the following three factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to 6.2 of Appendix B1 of this 

subpart before Appendix B becomes 

mandatory and 6.2 of Appendix B of 

this subpart after Appendix B becomes 

mandatory (see the note at the beginning 

of Appendix B); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(2) The estimated annual operating 

cost for freezers with an anti-sweat 

heater switch shall be the product of the 

following three factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to 6.2 of 

Appendix B1 of this subpart before 

Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 

of Appendix B of this subpart after 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29857 

Appendix B becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

B); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(3) The estimated annual operating 

cost for any other specified cycle type 

for freezers shall be the product of the 

following three factors: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the specified cycle 

type, determined according to 6.2 of 

Appendix B1 of this subpart before 

Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 

of Appendix B of this subpart after 

Appendix B becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

B); and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year. 

(4) The energy factor for freezers, 

expressed in cubic feet per kilowatthour per cycle, shall be: 

(i) For freezers not having an antisweat heater switch, the quotient of— 

(A) The adjusted net refrigerated 

volume in cubic feet, determined 

according to 6.1 of Appendix B1 of this 

subpart before Appendix B becomes 

mandatory and 6.1 of Appendix B of 

this subpart after Appendix B becomes 

mandatory (see the note at the beginning 

of Appendix B), divided by— 

(B) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to or 6.2 of Appendix B1 of 

this subpart before Appendix B becomes 

mandatory and 6.2 of Appendix B of 

this subpart after Appendix B becomes 

mandatory (see the note at the beginning 

of Appendix B), the resulting quotient 

then being rounded off to the second 

decimal place; and 

(ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the quotient of— 

(A) The adjusted net refrigerated 

volume in cubic feet, determined 

according to 6.1 of Appendix B1 of this 

subpart before Appendix B becomes 

mandatory and 6.1 of Appendix B of 

this subpart after Appendix B becomes 

mandatory (see the note at the beginning 

of Appendix B), divided by— 

(B) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to 6.2 of 

Appendix B1 of this subpart before 

Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 

of Appendix B of this subpart after 

Appendix B becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

B), the resulting quotient then being 

rounded off to the second decimal 

place. 

(5) The annual energy use of all 

freezers, expressed in kilowatt-hours per 

year, shall be: 

(i) For freezers not having an antisweat heater switch, the representative 

average use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the standard 

cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

determined according to 6.2 of 

Appendix B1 of this subpart before 

Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 

of Appendix B of this subpart after 

Appendix B becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

B), and 

(ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the representative average 

use cycle of 365 cycles per year times 

half the sum of the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the standard 

cycle and the average per-cycle energy 

consumption for a test cycle type with 

the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to 6.2 of 

Appendix B1 of this subpart before 

Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 

of Appendix B of this subpart after 

Appendix B becomes mandatory (see 

the note at the beginning of Appendix 

B). 

(6) Other useful measures of energy 

consumption for freezers shall be those 

measures the Secretary determines are 

likely to assist consumers in making 

purchasing decisions and are derived 

from the application of Appendix B1 of 

this subpart before Appendix B becomes 

mandatory Appendix B of this subpart 

after Appendix B becomes mandatory 

(see the note at the beginning of 

Appendix B). 

(7) The energy test procedure is 

designed to provide a measurement 

consistent with representative average 

consumer use of the product, even if the 

test conditions and/or procedures may 

not themselves all be representative of 

average consumer use (e.g, 90 °F 

ambient conditions, no door openings, 

etc.). If a product contains energy 

consuming components that operate 

differently during the prescribed testing 

than they would during representative 

average consumer use and applying the 

prescribed test to that product would 

evaluate it in a manner that is 

unrepresentative of its true energy 

consumption (thereby providing 

materially inaccurate comparative data), 

the prescribed procedure may not be 

used. Examples of products that cannot 

be tested using the prescribed test 

procedure include those products that 

can exhibit operating parameters (e.g, 

duty cycle or input wattage) for any 

energy using component that are not 

smoothly varying functions of operating 

conditions or control inputs—such as 

when a component is automatically shut 

off when test conditions or test settings 

are reached. A manufacturer wishing to 

test such a product must obtain a waiver 

in accordance with the relevant 

provisions of 10 CFR 430. 

* * * * * 

4. Add a new Appendix A to subpart 

B of part 430 to read as follows: 

Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Electric 

Refrigerators and Electric RefrigeratorFreezers 

The provisions of Appendix A shall apply 

to all products manufactured on or after the 

effective date of any amended standards 

promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section 

325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and 

Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the 

Energy Independence and Security Act of 

2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). 

1. Definitions 

Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–2008 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) is 

applicable to this test procedure. 

1.1 ‘‘Adjusted total volume’’ means the 

sum of: 

(i) The fresh food compartment volume as 

defined in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) in cubic feet, and 

(ii) The product of an adjustment factor 

and the net freezer compartment volume as 

defined in HRF–1–2008 in cubic feet. 

1.2 ‘‘All-refrigerator’’ means an electric 

refrigerator that does not include a 

compartment for the freezing and long time 

storage of food at temperatures below 32 °F 

(0.0 °C). It may include a compartment of 

0.50 cubic feet capacity (14.2 liters) or less 

for the freezing and storage of ice. 

1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device 

incorporated into the design of a refrigerator 

or refrigerator-freezer to prevent the 

accumulation of moisture on the exterior or 

interior surfaces of the cabinet. 

1.4 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ means a 

user-controllable switch or user interface 

which modifies the activation or control of 

anti-sweat heaters. 

1.5 ‘‘Automatic defrost’’ means a system 

in which the defrost cycle is automatically 

initiated and terminated, with resumption of 

normal refrigeration at the conclusion of the 

defrost operation. The system automatically 

prevents the permanent formation of frost on 

all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29858 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

food temperatures are maintained during the 

operation of the automatic defrost system. 

1.6 ‘‘Automatic icemaker’’ means a 

device, that can be supplied with water 

without user intervention, either from a 

pressurized water supply system or by 

transfer from a water reservoir located inside 

the cabinet, that automatically produces, 

harvests, and stores ice in a storage bin, with 

means to automatically interrupt the 

harvesting operation when the ice storage bin 

is filled to a pre-determined level. 

1.7 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours 

for which the energy use of an electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer is 

calculated as though the consumer activated 

compartment temperature controls were set 

so that the standardized temperatures (see 

section 3.2) were maintained. 

1.8 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test 

conditions having the calculated effect of 

operating an electric refrigerator or electric 

refrigerator-freezer for a period of 24 hours, 

with the consumer activated controls other 

than those that control compartment 

temperatures set to establish various 

operating characteristics. 

1.9 ‘‘Defrost cycle type’’ means a distinct 

sequence of control whose function is to 

remove frost and/or ice from a refrigerated 

surface. There may be variations in the 

sequence of control for defrost such as the 

number of defrost heaters energized. Each 

such variation establishes a separate distinct 

defrost cycle type. 

1.10 ‘‘Externally vented refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezer’’ means an electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer that 

has an enclosed condenser or an enclosed 

condenser/compressor compartment and a 

set of air ducts for transferring the exterior air 

from outside the building envelope into, 

through, and out of the refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezer cabinet; is capable of 

mixing exterior air with the room air before 

discharging into, through, and out of the 

condenser or condenser/compressor 

compartment; includes thermostatically 

controlled dampers or controls that enable 

the mixing of the exterior and room air at low 

outdoor temperatures, and the exclusion of 

exterior air when the outdoor air temperature 

is above 80 °F or the room air temperature; 

and may have a thermostatically actuated 

exterior air fan. 

1.11 ‘‘HRF–1–2008’’ means the 

Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers standard Energy, Performance 

and Capacity of Household Refrigerators, 

Refrigerator-Freezers and Freezers that was 

approved September 13, 2008. Only sections 

of HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; 

see § 430.3) specifically referenced in this 

test procedure are part of this test procedure. 

In cases where there is a conflict, the 

language of the test procedure in this 

appendix takes precedence over HRF–1– 

2008. 

1.12 ‘‘Long-time automatic defrost’’ means 

an automatic defrost system whose 

successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 

hours or more of compressor operating time. 

1.13 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ 

means a freezer compartment or a fresh food 

compartment of a refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer having more than two compartments 

that is not the first freezer compartment or 

the first fresh food compartment. Access to 

a separate auxiliary compartment is through 

a separate exterior door or doors rather than 

through the door or doors of another 

compartment. Separate auxiliary 

compartments may be convertible (e.g., from 

fresh food to freezer). 

1.14 ‘‘Stabilization period’’ means the 

total period of time during which steady-state 

conditions are being attained or evaluated. 

1.15 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the cycle 

type in which the anti-sweat heater control, 

when provided, is set in the highest energyconsuming position. 

1.16 ‘‘Variable anti-sweat heater control’’ 

means an anti-sweat heater control that 

varies the average power input of the antisweat heater(s) based on operating condition 

variable(s) and/or ambient condition 

variable(s). 

1.17 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ means a 

long-time automatic defrost system (except 

the 14-hour defrost qualification does not 

apply) in which successive defrost cycles are 

determined by an operating condition 

variable or variables other than compressor 

operating time. This includes any electrical 

or mechanical device performing this 

function. Demand defrost is a type of variable 

defrost control. 

2. Test Conditions 

2.1 Ambient Temperature and Humidity. 

The ambient temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1 °F 

(32.2 ± 0.6 °C) during the stabilization period 

and the test period. If the product being 

tested has variable anti-sweat heater control, 

the ambient relative humidity shall be no 

more than 35%. For the variable anti-sweat 

heater test described in section 4.1.3, the 

ambient temperature shall be 72 ± 1 °F (22.2 

± 0.6 °C) dry bulb. The relative humidities for 

the three portions of the test shall be 25 

± 10%, 65 ± 2%, and 95 ± 2%. 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer 

shall be installed and its operating conditions 

maintained in accordance with HRF–1–2008, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

section 5.3 through section 5.5.5.5 (excluding 

section 5.5.5.4), except that the vertical 

ambient temperature gradient at locations 10 

inches (25.4 cm) out from the centers of the 

two sides of the unit being tested is to be 

maintained during the test. Unless the area 

is obstructed by shields or baffles, the 

gradient is to be maintained from 2 inches 

(5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting 

platform to a height of 1 foot (30.5 cm) above 

the unit under test. Defrost controls are to be 

operative. Other exceptions and clarifications 

to the cited sections of HRF–1–2008 are 

noted in sections 2.3 through 2.7, and 5.1 of 

this test procedure. 

2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. 

(a) User-Controllable Anti-Sweat Heaters. 

The anti-sweat heater switch is to be on 

during one test and off during a second test. 

(b) Variable Anti-Sweat Heaters. In the case 

of an electric refrigerator-freezer equipped 

with variable anti-sweat heater control, the 

test shall be conducted with the anti-sweat 

heater controls activated to allow the antisweat heater to be energized but operating in 

their minimum energy state corresponding to 

operation in low humidity conditions, as a 

result of testing conducted using an ambient 

relative humidity level as specified in section 

2.1. If the product has an anti-sweat heater 

switch, it shall be switched on. The variable 

anti-sweat heater test (described in section 

4.1.3) shall be conducted to determine the 

energy consumption of the anti-sweat heater 

in higher humidity conditions. The standard 

cycle energy consumption shall be 

determined using the equation described in 

section 6.2.3. 

2.4 Conditions for Automatic Defrost 

Refrigerator-Freezers. For automatic defrost 

refrigerator-freezers, the freezer 

compartments shall not be loaded with any 

frozen food packages during testing. 

Cylindrical metallic masses of dimensions 

1.12 ± 0.25 inches (2.9 ± 0.6 cm) in diameter 

and height shall be attached in good thermal 

contact with each temperature sensor within 

the refrigerated compartments. All 

temperature measuring sensor masses shall 

be supported by low-thermal-conductivity 

supports in such a manner to ensure that 

there will be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) of air 

space separating the thermal mass from 

contact with any interior surface or hardware 

inside the cabinet. In case of interference 

with hardware at the sensor locations 

specified in section 5.1, the sensors shall be 

placed at the nearest adjacent location such 

that there will be a 1-inch air space 

separating the sensor mass from the 

hardware. 

2.5 Conditions for All-Refrigerators. 

There shall be no load in the freezer 

compartment during the test. 

2.6 The cabinet and its refrigerating 

mechanism shall be assembled and set up in 

accordance with the printed consumer 

instructions supplied with the cabinet. Setup of the refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 

shall not deviate from these instructions, 

unless explicitly required or allowed by this 

test procedure. Specific required or allowed 

deviations from such set-up include the 

following: 

(a) Connection of water lines and 

installation of water filters are not required; 

(b) Clearance requirements from surfaces of 

the product shall be as described in section 

2.8 below; 

(c) The electric power supply shall be as 

described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3), section 5.5.1; 

(d) Temperature control settings for testing 

shall be as described in section 3 below. 

Settings for convertible compartments and 

other temperature-controllable or special 

compartments shall be as described in 

section 2.7 below; and 

(e) The product does not need to be 

anchored or otherwise secured to prevent 

tipping during energy testing. 

For cases in which set-up is not clearly 

defined by this test procedure, manufacturers 

must submit a petition for a waiver (see 

section 7). 

2.7 Compartments that are convertible 

(e.g,, from fresh food to freezer) shall be 

operated in the highest energy use position. 

For the special case of convertible separate 

auxiliary compartments, this means that the 

compartment shall be treated as a freezer 

compartment or a fresh food compartment, 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29859 

depending on which of these represents 

higher energy use. Other compartments with 

separate temperature control (such as 

crispers convertible to meat keepers), with 

the exception of butter conditioners, shall 

also be tested with controls set in the highest 

energy use position. 

2.8 The space between the back of the 

cabinet and the test room wall or simulated 

wall shall be the minimum distance in 

accordance with the manufacturer’s 

instructions. If the instructions do not specify 

a minimum distance, the cabinet shall be 

located such that the rear of the cabinet 

touches the test room wall or simulated wall. 

The test room wall facing the rear of the 

cabinet or the simulated wall shall be flat 

within 1⁄4 inch, and vertical to within 1 

degree. The cabinet shall be leveled to within 

1 degree of true level, and positioned with its 

rear wall parallel to the test chamber wall or 

simulated wall immediately behind the 

cabinet. Any simulated wall shall be solid 

and shall extend vertically from the floor to 

above the height of the cabinet and 

horizontally beyond both sides of the cabinet. 

2.9 Steady-State Condition. Steady-state 

conditions exist if the temperature 

measurements in all measured compartments 

taken at 4-minute intervals or less during a 

stabilization period are not changing at a rate 

greater than 0.042 °F (0.023 °C) per hour as 

determined by the applicable condition of A 

or B, described below. 

A. The average of the measurements during 

a 2-hour period if no cycling occurs or during 

a number of complete repetitive compressor 

cycles occurring through a period of no less 

than 2 hours is compared to the average over 

an equivalent time period with 3 hours 

elapsing between the two measurement 

periods. 

B. If A above cannot be used, the average 

of the measurements during a number of 

complete repetitive compressor cycles 

occurring through a period of no less than 2 

hours and including the last complete cycle 

before a defrost period (or if no cycling 

occurs, the average of the measurements 

during the last 2 hours before a defrost 

period) are compared to the same averaging 

period before the following defrost period. 

2.10 Exterior Air for Externally Vented 

Refrigerator or Refrigerator-Freezer. An 

exterior air source shall be provided with 

adjustable temperature and pressure 

capabilities. The exterior air temperature 

shall be adjustable from 30 ± 1 °F (1.7 ± 0.6 °C) 

to 90 ± 1 °F (32.2 ± 0.6 °C). 

2.10.1 Air Duct. The exterior air shall 

pass from the exterior air source to the test 

unit through an insulated air duct. 

2.10.2 Air Temperature Measurement. 

The air temperature entering the condenser 

or condenser/compressor compartment shall 

be maintained to ± 3 °F (1.7 °C) during the 

stabilization and test periods and shall be 

measured at the inlet point of the condenser 

or condenser/compressor compartment 

(‘‘condenser inlet’’). Temperature 

measurements shall be taken from at least 

three temperature sensors or one sensor per 

4 square inches of the air duct cross-sectional 

area, whichever is greater, and shall be 

averaged. For a unit that has a condenser air 

fan, a minimum of three temperature sensors 

at the condenser fan discharge shall be 

required. Temperature sensors shall be 

arranged to be at the centers of equally 

divided cross-sectional areas. The exterior air 

temperature, at its source, shall be measured 

and maintained to ± 1 °F (0.6 °C) during the 

test period. The temperature measuring 

devices shall have an error no greater than 

± 0.5 °F (± 0.3 °C). Measurements of the air 

temperature during the test period shall be 

taken at regular intervals not to exceed 4 

minutes. 

2.10.3 Exterior Air Static Pressure. The 

exterior air static pressure at the inlet point 

of the unit shall be adjusted to maintain a 

negative pressure of 0.20′′ ± 0.05′′ water 

column (62 Pascals ± 12.5 Pascals) for all air 

flow rates supplied to the unit. The pressure 

sensor shall be located on a straight duct 

with a distance of at least 7.5 times the 

diameter of the duct upstream and a distance 

of at least 3 times the diameter of the duct 

downstream. There shall be four static 

pressure taps at 90° angles apart. The four 

pressures shall be averaged by 

interconnecting the four pressure taps. The 

air pressure measuring instrument shall have 

an error no greater than 0.01′′ water column 

(2.5 Pascals). 

3. Test Control Settings 

3.1 Model with no User Operable 

Temperature Control. A test shall be 

performed to measure the compartment 

temperatures and energy use. A second test 

shall be performed with the temperature 

control electrically short circuited to cause 

the compressor to run continuously. 

3.2 Models with User Operable 

Temperature Control. Testing shall be 

performed in accordance with one of the 

following sections using the following 

standardized temperatures: 

All-Refrigerator: 39 °F (3.9 °C) fresh food 

compartment temperature; 

Refrigerator: 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) freezer 

compartment temperature, 39 °F (3.9 °C) 

fresh food compartment temperature; 

Refrigerator-Freezer: 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) freezer 

compartment temperature, 39 °F (3.9 °C) 

fresh food compartment temperature; and 

Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Model 

(Temperatures for variable anti-sweat 

heater test of section 4.1.3): 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) 

freezer compartment temperature and 39 

± 2 °F (3.9 ± 1.1 °C) fresh food compartment 

temperature during steady-state conditions 

with no door-openings. If both settings 

cannot be obtained, then test with the fresh 

food compartment temperature at 39 ± 2 °F 

(3.9 ± 1.1 °C) and the freezer compartment 

as close to 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) as possible. 

For the purposes of comparing compartment 

temperatures with standardized 

temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 

through 3.2.3, the freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments, and the 

fresh food compartment temperature shall be 

equal to a volume-weighted average of the 

temperatures of all applicable fresh food 

compartments. Applicable compartments for 

these calculations may include a first freezer 

compartment, a first fresh food compartment, 

and any number of separate auxiliary 

compartments. 

3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with 

all compartment temperature controls set at 

their median position midway between their 

warmest and coldest settings. For mechanical 

control systems, knob detents shall be 

mechanically defeated if necessary to attain 

a median setting. For electronic control 

systems, the test shall be performed with all 

compartment temperature controls set at the 

average of the coldest and warmest settings— 

if there is no setting equal to this average, the 

setting closest to the average shall be used. 

If there are two such settings equally close to 

the average, the higher of these temperature 

control settings shall be used. A second test 

shall be performed with all controls set at 

their warmest setting or all controls set at 

their coldest setting (not electrically or 

mechanically bypassed). For all-refrigerators, 

this setting shall be the appropriate setting 

that attempts to achieve compartment 

temperatures measured during the two tests 

which bound (i.e., one is above and one is 

below) the standardized temperature for allrefrigerators. For refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers, the second test shall be 

conducted with all controls at their coldest 

setting, unless all compartment temperatures 

measured during the first part of the test are 

lower than the standardized temperatures, in 

which case the second test shall be 

conducted with all controls at their warmest 

setting. Refer to Table 1 for all-refrigerators 

or Table 2 for refrigerators with freezer 

compartments and refrigerator-freezers to 

determine if a third test is required, and 

which test results to use in the energy 

consumption calculation. 

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR ALL—REFRIGERATORS

First test Second test 

Third test settings Energy calculation based 

on: Settings Results Settings Results 

Mid ........................... Low .......................... Warm ....................... Low .......................... None ........................ Second Test Only. 

High ......................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

High ......................... Cold ......................... Low .......................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29860 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR ALL—REFRIGERATORS—Continued 

First test Second test 

Third test settings Energy calculation based 

on: Settings Results Settings Results 

High ......................... Warm ....................... Second and Third Tests. 

TABLE 2—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR REFRIGERATORS WITH FREEZER COMPARTMENTS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS

First test Second test 

Third test settings Energy calculation based 

on: Settings Results Settings Results 

Fzr Mid ..................... Fzr Low .................... Fzr Warm ................. Fzr Low .................... None ........................ Second Test Only. 

FF Mid ...................... FF Low .................... FF Warm .................. FF Low 

Fzr Low .................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF High 

Fzr High ................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF Low 

Fzr High ................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF High 

Fzr Low .................... Fzr Cold ................... Fzr Low .................... Fzr Warm ................. Second and Third Tests. 

FF High .................... FF Cold .................... FF High .................... FF Warm 

Fzr Low .................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF Low 

Fzr High ................... Fzr Cold ................... Fzr High ................... Fzr Warm ................. Second and Third Tests. 

FF Low ..................... FF Cold .................... FF Low ..................... FF Warm 

Fzr Low .................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF Low 

Fzr High ................... Fzr Cold ................... Fzr Low .................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF High .................... FF Cold .................... FF Low 

Fzr Low .................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

FF High 

Fzr High ................... Fzr Warm ................. Second and Third Tests. 

FF Low ..................... FF Warm 

Fzr High ................... Fzr Warm ................. Second and Third Tests. 

FF High .................... FF Warm 

Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment. 

3.2.2 Alternatively, a first test may be 

performed with all temperature controls set 

at their warmest setting. If all compartment 

temperatures are below the appropriate 

standardized temperatures, then the result of 

this test alone will be used to determine 

energy consumption. If the above conditions 

are not met, then the unit shall be tested in 

accordance with 3.2.1. 

3.2.3 Alternatively, a first test may be 

performed with all temperature controls set 

at their coldest setting. If (1) for allrefrigerators the compartment temperature is 

above the appropriate standardized 

temperature, or (2) for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers the freezer compartment 

temperature is above the appropriate 

standardized temperature, a second test shall 

be performed with all controls set at their 

warmest control setting and the results of 

these two tests shall be used to determine 

energy consumption. If the above condition 

is not met, then the unit shall be tested in 

accordance with 3.2.1. 

4. Test Period 

4.1 Test Period. Tests shall be performed 

by establishing the conditions set forth in 

section 2, and using control settings set forth 

in section 3. 

4.1.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model 

being tested has no automatic defrost system, 

the test time period shall start after steadystate conditions have been achieved and be 

no less than 3 hours in duration. During the 

test period, the compressor motor shall 

complete two or more whole compressor 

cycles. (A compressor cycle is a complete 

‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ period of the 

motor). If no ‘‘off’’ cycling will occur, as 

determined during the stabilization period, 

the test period shall be 3 hours. If incomplete 

cycling occurs (i.e. less than two compressor 

cycles during a 24-hour period), the results 

of the 24-hour period shall be used. 

4.1.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model 

being tested has an automatic defrost system, 

the test time period shall start after steadystate conditions have been achieved and be 

from one point during a defrost period to the 

same point during the next defrost period. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the alternative 

provisions of 4.1.2.1 may be used. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control, the provisions of section 4.1.2.2 shall 

apply. If the model has a dual compressor 

system with automatic defrost for both 

systems, the provisions of 4.1.2.3 shall apply. 

If the model being tested has long-time 

automatic or variable defrost control 

involving multiple defrost cycle types, such 

as for a system with a single compressor with 

two or more evaporators in which the 

evaporators are defrosted at different 

frequencies, the provisions of section 4.1.2.4 

shall apply. If the model being tested has 

multiple defrost cycle types for which 

compressor run time between defrosts is a 

fixed time less than 14 hours for all such 

cycle types, and for which the compressor 

run time between defrosts for different 

defrost cycle types are equal to or multiples 

of each other, the test time period shall be 

from one point of the defrost cycle type with 

the longest compressor run time between 

defrosts to the same point during the next 

occurrence of this defrost cycle type. For 

such products, energy consumption shall be 

calculated as described in section 5.2.1.1. 

4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the two-part test 

described in this section may be used. The 

first part is the same as the test for a unit 

having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). 

The second part starts when the compressor 

turns off at the end of a period of steady-state 

cycling operation just before initiation of the 

defrost control sequence. If the compressor 

does not cycle during steady-state operation 

between defrosts, the second part starts at a 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29861 

time when the compartment temperatures are 

within their ranges measured during steady 

state operation, or within 0.5 °F of the 

average during steady state operation for a 

compartment with a temperature range 

during steady state operation no greater than 

1 °F. This control sequence may include 

additional compressor operation prior to 

energizing the defrost heater. The second part 

terminates when the compressor turns on the 

second time after the defrost control 

sequence or 4 hours after the defrost heater 

is energized, whichever occurs first. See 

Figure 1. 

BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALSEP27MY10.000</GPH>
29862 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 

4.1.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control system, the test shall consist of the 

same two parts as the test for long-time 

automatic defrost (section 4.1.2.1). 

4.1.2.3 Dual Compressor Systems with 

Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested 

has separate compressor systems for the 

refrigerator and freezer sections, each with its 

own automatic defrost system, then the twopart method in 4.1.2.1 shall be used. The 

second part of the method will be conducted 

separately for each automatic defrost system. 

The components (compressor, fan motors, 

defrost heaters, anti-sweat heaters, etc.) 

associated with each system will be 

identified and their energy consumption will 

be separately measured during each test. 

4.1.2.4 Systems with Multiple Defrost 

Frequencies. This section is applicable to 

models with long-time automatic or variable 

defrost control with multiple defrost cycle 

types, such as models with single 

compressors and multiple evaporators in 

which the evaporators have different defrost 

frequencies. The two-part method in 4.1.2.1 

shall be used. The second part of the method 

will be conducted separately for each distinct 

defrost cycle type. 

4.1.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Test. 

The test shall be conducted three times with 

the test conditions at three different relative 

humidities as set forth in section 2 and the 

test control settings as set forth in section 3. 

For a product with an anti-sweat heater 

switch, the tests shall be conducted with the 

switch in the on position. Each of the three 

portions of the test shall be conducted in the 

same manner as for a unit having no 

automatic defrost (section 4.1.1). If during the 

time between one of the portions of the test 

and the next portion the ambient temperature 

conditions are maintained, the procedure for 

evaluating steady state (section 2.9) is not 

required for the second of these two portions 

of the test. However, in such a case, a control 

stabilization period of two hours is required 

after the ambient humidity conditions have 

reached the required range before start of the 

test. 

5. Test Measurements 

5.1 Temperature Measurements. 

Temperature measurements shall be made at 

the locations prescribed in Figures 5.1 and 

5.2 of HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) and shall be accurate 

to within ± 0.5 °F (0.3 °C). No freezer 

temperature measurements need be taken in 

an all-refrigerator model. 

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet 

do not conform with those shown in Figure 

7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1–1979, the product may 

be tested by relocating the temperature 

sensors from the locations specified in the 

Figures by no more than 2 inches to avoid 

interference with hardware or components 

within the cabinet, in which case the specific 

locations used for the temperature sensors 

shall be noted in the test data records 

maintained by the manufacturer in 

accordance with 10 CFR 430.62(d). For those 

products equipped with a cabinet that does 

not conform with Figures 7.1 or 7.2 and 

cannot be tested in the manner described 

above, the manufacturer must obtain a waiver 

under 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an 

acceptable test procedure for each such 

product. 

5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The 

measured temperature of a compartment is to 

be the average of all sensor temperature 

readings taken in that compartment at a 

particular point in time. Measurements shall 

be taken at regular intervals not to exceed 4 

minutes. 

5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The 

compartment temperature for each test 

period shall be an average of the measured 

temperatures taken in a compartment during 

one or more complete compressor cycles. 

One compressor cycle is one complete motor 

‘‘on’’ and one complete motor ‘‘off’’ period. 

For long-time automatic defrost models, 

compartment temperatures shall be those 

measured in the first part of the test period 

specified in section 4.1.2.1. For models 

equipped with variable defrost controls, 

compartment temperatures shall be those 

measured in the first part of the test period 

specified in section 4.1.2.2. 

5.1.2.1 The number of complete 

compressor cycles over which the measured 

temperatures in a compartment are to be 

averaged to determine compartment 

temperature shall be equal to the number of 

minutes between measured temperature 

readings, rounded up to the next whole 

minute or a number of complete compressor 

cycles over a time period exceeding 1 hour, 

whichever is greater. One of the compressor 

cycles shall be the last complete compressor 

cycle during the test period. 

5.1.2.2 If no compressor cycling occurs, 

the compartment temperature shall be the 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALSEP27MY10.001</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29863 

average of the measured temperatures taken 

during the last 32 minutes of the test period. 

5.1.2.3 If incomplete compressor cycling 

occurs, the compartment temperatures shall 

be the average of the measured temperatures 

taken during the last three hours of the last 

complete compressor ‘‘on’’ period. 

5.2 Energy Measurements. 

5.2.1 Per-Day Energy Consumption. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day, ET, for each test period shall be the 

energy expended during the test period as 

specified in section 4.1 adjusted to a 24-hour 

period. The adjustment shall be determined 

as follows. 

5.2.1.1 Nonautomatic and Automatic 

Defrost Models. The energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

ET = EP × 1440/T 

Where: 

ET = test cycle energy expended in kilowatthours per day; 

EP = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the test period; 

T = length of time of the test period in 

minutes; and 

1440 = conversion factor to adjust to a 24- 

hour period in minutes per day. 

5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the two-part test method is used, the energy 

consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall 

be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × (12/CT) 

Where: 

ET and 1440 are defined in 5.2.1.1; 

EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the first part of the test; 

EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test; 

T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the 

first and second test parts respectively; 

CT = defrost timer run time in hours required 

to cause it to go through a complete 

cycle, to the nearest tenth hour per cycle; 

and 

12 = factor to adjust for a 50 percent run time 

of the compressor in hours per day. 

5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × (12/CT), 

Where: 

1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, 

T2, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2; 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM ¥ CTL) + CTL); 

CTL = least or shortest time between defrosts 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour (greater than or equal to 6 but 

less than or equal to 12 hours); 

CTM = maximum time between defrost cycles 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour (greater than CTL but not more 

than 96 hours); 

F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 

excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per-day energy 

consumption and is equal to 0.20; and 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CT L and CTM in the algorithm, the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

5.2.1.4 Dual Compressor Systems with 

Dual Automatic Defrost. The two-part test 

method in section 4.1.2.4 must be used, and 

the energy consumption in kilowatt-hours 

per day shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2F ¥ (EPF

× T2/T1)) × (12/CTF) + (EP2R ¥ 

(EPR × T3/T1)) × (12/CTR) 

Where: 

1440, EP1, T1, EP2, 12, and CT are defined 

in 5.2.1.2; 

EPF = freezer system energy in kilowatt-hours 

expended during the first part of the test; 

EP2F = freezer system energy in kilowatthours expended during the second part 

of the test for the freezer system; 

EPR= refrigerator system energy in kilowatthours expended during the first part of 

the test; 

EP2R = refrigerator system energy in kilowatthours expended during the second part 

of the test for the refrigerator system; 

T2 and T3 = length of time in minutes of the 

second test part for the freezer and 

refrigerator systems respectively; 

CTF = compressor ‘‘on’’ time between freezer 

defrosts (in hours to the nearest tenth of 

an hour); and 

CTR = compressor ‘‘on’’ time between 

refrigerator defrosts (in hours to the 

nearest tenth of an hour). 

5.2.1.5 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Test. 

The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours 

per day for each of the portions of the test 

shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ETXX = EPXX × 1440/TXX

Where: 

1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1; 

subscript XX = 25, 65, and 95, representing 

the three relative humidities for which 

the test is conducted; 

ETXX = test cycle energy expended in 

kilowatt-hours per day; 

EPXX = energy expended during the test 

period in kilowatt-hours; and 

TXX = length of time of the test period in 

minutes. 

5.2.1.6 Long-time or Variable Defrost 

Control for Systems with Multiple Defrost 

cycle Types. The energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

ET EP T EP EP T T CT ii i

i

D

= × ( ) + −× ⎡( ) ( ) × ( ) ⎣ ⎤

⎦ =

1440 1 1 2 1 2 1 12 ∑1/ //

Where: 

1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, T1, and 

12 are defined in 5.2.1.2; 

i is a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more 

that identifies the distinct defrost cycle 

types applicable for the refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezer; 

EP2i = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test for 

defrost cycle type i; 

T2i = length of time in minutes of the second 

part of the test for defrost cycle type i; 

CTi is the compressor run time between 

instances of defrost cycle type i, for long 

time automatic defrost control equal to a 

fixed time, and for variable defrost 

control equal to (CTLi × CTMi)/(F × (CTMi

¥ CTLi) + CTLi); 

CTLi = least or shortest time between 

instances of defrost cycle type i in hours 

rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour 

(greater than or equal to 6 but less than 

or equal to 12 hours); 

CTMi = maximum time between instances of 

defrost cycle type i in hours rounded to 

the nearest tenth of an hour (greater than 

CTLi but not more than 96 hours); 

F = default defrost energy consumption 

factor, equal to 0.20. 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CT Li and CTMi in the algorithm, the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

D is the total number of distinct defrost cycle 

types. 

5.3 Volume Measurements. The electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer 

total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be 

measured in accordance with HRF–1–2008, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through 4.3, and 

be calculated equivalent to: 

VT = VF + VFF 

Where: 

VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet, 

VF = freezer compartment volume in cubic 

feet, and 

VFF = fresh food compartment volume in 

cubic feet. 

In the case of refrigerators or refrigeratorfreezers with automatic icemakers, the 

volume occupied by the automatic icemaker, 

including its ice storage bin, is to be included 

in the volume measurement. 

5.4 Externally Vented Refrigerator or 

Refrigerator-Freezer Units. All test 

measurements for the externally vented 

refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer shall be 

made in accordance with the requirements of 

other sections of this Appendix, except as 

modified in this section or other sections 

expressly applicable to externally vented 

refrigerators or refrigerator-freezers. 

5.4.1 Operability of ‘‘Thermostatic’’ and 

‘‘Mixing of Air’’ Controls. Before conducting 

energy consumption tests, the operability of 

thermostatic controls that permit the mixing 

of exterior and ambient air when exterior air 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALSEP27MY10.004</GPH>
29864 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

temperatures are less than 60 °F (15.6 °C) 

must be verified. The operability of such 

controls shall be verified by operating the 

unit under ambient air temperature of 90 °F 

(32.2 °C) and exterior air temperature of 45 

°F (7.2 °C). If the inlet air entering the 

condenser or condenser/compressor 

compartment is maintained at 60 ± 3 °F (15.6 

± 1.7 °C), energy consumption of the unit 

shall be measured under 5.4.2.2 and 5.4.2.3. 

If the inlet air entering the condenser or 

condenser/compressor compartment is not 

maintained at 60 ± 3 °F (15.6 ± 1.7 °C), energy 

consumption of the unit shall also be 

measured under 5.4.2.4. 

5.4.2 Energy Consumption Tests. 

5.4.2.1 Correction Factor Test. To enable 

calculation of a correction factor, K, two full 

cycle tests shall be conducted to measure 

energy consumption of the unit with air 

mixing controls disabled and the condenser 

inlet air temperatures set at 90 °F (32.2 °C) 

and 80 °F (26.7 °C). Both tests shall be 

conducted with all compartment temperature 

controls set at the position midway between 

their warmest and coldest settings and the 

anti-sweat heater switch off. Record the 

energy consumptions ec90 and ec80, in kWh/ 

day. 

5.4.2.2 Energy Consumption at 90 °F. The 

unit shall be tested at 90 °F (32.2 °C) exterior 

air temperature to record the energy 

consumptions (e90)i in kWh/day. For a given 

setting of the anti-sweat heater, the value i 

corresponds to each of the two states of the 

compartment temperature control positions. 

5.4.2.3 Energy Consumption at 60 °F. The 

unit shall be tested at 60 °F (26.7 °C) exterior 

air temperature to record the energy 

consumptions (e60)i in kWh/day. For a given 

setting of the anti-sweat heater, the value i 

corresponds to each of the two states of the 

compartment temperature control positions. 

5.4.2.4 Energy Consumption if Mixing 

Controls do not Operate Properly. If the 

operability of temperature and mixing 

controls has not been verified as required 

under 5.4.1, the unit shall be tested at 50 °F 

(10.0 °C) and 30 °F (¥1.1 °C) exterior air 

temperatures to record the energy 

consumptions (e50)i and (e30)i. For a given 

setting of the anti-sweat heater, the value i 

corresponds to each of the two states of the 

compartment temperature control positions. 

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test 

Measurements 

6.1 Adjusted Total Volume. 

6.1.1 Electric Refrigerators. The adjusted 

total volume, VA, for electric refrigerators 

under test shall be defined as: 

VA = (VF × CR) + VFF 

Where: 

VA = adjusted total volume in cubic feet; 

VF and VFF are defined in 5.3; and 

CR = dimensionless adjustment factor of 1.47 

for refrigerators other than allrefrigerators, or 1.0 for all-refrigerators. 

6.1.2 Electric Refrigerator-Freezers. The 

adjusted total volume, VA, for electric 

refrigerator-freezers under test shall be 

calculated as follows: 

VA = (VF × CRF) + VFF 

Where: 

VF and VFF are defined in 5.3 and VA is 

defined in 6.1.1, and 

CRF = dimensionless adjustment factor of 

1.76. 

6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy 

Consumption. For the purposes of calculating 

per-cycle energy consumption, as described 

in this section, freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments, and fresh 

food compartment temperature shall be equal 

to a volume-weighted average of the 

temperatures of all applicable fresh food 

compartments. Applicable compartments for 

these calculations may include a first freezer 

compartment, a first fresh food compartment, 

and any number of separate auxiliary 

compartments. 

6.2.1 All-Refrigerator Models. The 

average per-cycle energy consumption for a 

cycle type, E, is expressed in kilowatt-hours 

per cycle to the nearest one hundredth (0.01) 

kilowatt-hour and shall depend upon the 

temperature attainable in the fresh food 

compartment as shown below. 

6.2.1.1 If the fresh food compartment 

temperature is always below 39.0 °F (3.9 °C), 

the average per-cycle energy consumption 

shall be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 

Where: 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; and 

number 1 indicates the test period during 

which the highest fresh food 

compartment temperature is measured. 

6.2.1.2 If one of the fresh food 

compartment temperatures measured for a 

test period is greater than 39.0 °F (3.9 °C), the 

average per-cycle energy consumption shall 

be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/ 

(TR2 ¥ TR1)) 

Where: 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; 

TR = fresh food compartment temperature 

determined according to 5.1.2 in degrees 

F; numbers 1 and 2 indicate 

measurements taken during the first and 

second test period as appropriate; and 

39.0 = standardized fresh food compartment 

temperature in degrees F. 

6.2.2 Refrigerators and RefrigeratorFreezers. The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for a cycle type, E, is expressed 

in kilowatt-hours per-cycle to the nearest one 

hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall be 

defined in one of the following ways as 

applicable. 

6.2.2.1 If the fresh food compartment 

temperature is at or below 39 °F (3.9 °C) in 

both tests and the freezer compartment 

temperature is at or below 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) 

in both tests of a refrigerator or at or below 

0 °F (¥17.8 °C) in both tests of a refrigeratorfreezer, the per-cycle energy consumption 

shall be: 

E = ET1 + IET 

Where: 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; 

IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

equals 0.23 for a product with an 

automatic icemaker and otherwise equals 

0 (zero); and 

number 1 indicates the test period during 

which the highest freezer compartment 

temperature was measured. 

6.2.2.2 If the conditions of 6.2.2.1 do not 

exist, the per-cycle energy consumption shall 

be defined by the higher of the two values 

calculated by the following two formulas: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/ 

(TR2 ¥ TR1)) + IET and 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (k ¥ TF1)/ 

(TF2 ¥ TF1)) + IET 

Where: 

E is defined in 6.2.1.1; 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; 

IET is defined in 6.2.2.1; 

TR and the numbers 1 and 2 are defined in 

6.2.1.2; 

TF = freezer compartment temperature 

determined according to 5.1.2 in degrees 

F; 

39.0 is a specified fresh food compartment 

temperature in degrees F; and 

k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators or 0.0 for 

refrigerator-freezers, each being 

standardized freezer compartment 

temperatures in degrees F. 

6.2.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models. 

The energy consumption of an electric 

refrigerator-freezer having a variable antisweat heater control, EVASH, expressed in 

kilowatt-hours per day, shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

EVASH = E + (Correction Factor), where 

E is determined by 6.2.1.1, 6.2.1.2, 

6.2.2.1, or 6.2.2.2, whichever is 

appropriate, with the anti-sweat 

heater in its minimum energy state 

corresponding to low ambient 

humidity during the test. 

Where: 

Correction Factor 

= 0.034 * (Energy Difference at 5% Relative 

Humidity (RH)), 

+ 0.211 * (Energy Difference at 15% RH) 

+ 0.204 * (Energy Difference at 25% RH) 

+ 0.166 * (Energy Difference at 35% RH) 

+ 0.126 * (Energy Difference at 45% RH) 

+ 0.119 * (Energy Difference at 55% RH) 

+ 0.069 * (Energy Difference at 65% RH) 

+ 0.047 * (Energy Difference at 75% RH) 

+ 0.008 * (Energy Difference at 85% RH) 

+ 0.015 * (Energy Difference at 95% RH) 

Where: 

Energy Difference at 65% RH = ED65 ¥ 

ET65¥ET25; 

Energy Difference at 95% RH = ED95 ¥ 

ET95¥ET25; 

ET25, ET65, and ET95 are determined in 

accordance with section 5.2.1.6; and 

Energy Difference EDRH at each other relative 

humidity RH is the greater of zero or the 

following: 

EDRH = ED65 + (ED95¥ED65) × (DPRH¥DP65)/ 

(DP95¥DP65), 

Where the dew points DPRH at each of the 

relative humidities RH in the equation 

are as follows: 

DP5 = 5.06; 

DP15 = 27.53; 

DP25 = 38.75; 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29865 

DP35 = 46.43; 

DP45 = 52.32; 

DP55 = 57.13; 

DP65 = 61.20; 

DP75 = 64.74; 

DP85 = 67.87; 

DP95 = 70.69. 

6.3 Externally vented refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezers. Per-cycle energy 

consumption measurements for an externally 

vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 

shall be calculated in accordance with the 

requirements of this Appendix, as modified 

in sections 6.3.1–6.3.7. 

6.3.1 Correction Factor. The correction 

factor, K, shall be calculated as: 

K = ec90/ec80

Where: 

ec90 and ec80 are measured in section 5.4.2.1. 

6.3.2 Combining Test Results of Different 

Settings of Compartment Temperature 

Controls. For a given setting of the anti-sweat 

heater, follow the calculation procedures of 

6.2 to combine the test results for energy 

consumption of the unit at different 

temperature control settings for each 

condenser inlet air temperature tested under 

5.4.2.2, 5.4.2.3, and 5.4.2.4, where applicable, 

(e90)i, (e60)i, (e50)i, and (e30)i. The combined 

values, e90, e60, e50, and e30, where applicable, 

are expressed in kWh/day. 

6.3.3 Energy Consumption Corrections. 

For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, 

adjust the energy consumptions e90, e60, e50, 

and e30 calculated in 6.3.2 by multiplying the 

correction factor K to obtain the corrected 

energy consumptions per day in kWh/day: 

E90 = K × e90,

E60 = K × e60,

E50 = K × e50, and 

E30 = K × e30

Where: 

K is determined under section 6.3.1; and e90, 

e60, e50, and e30 are determined under 

section 6.3.2. 

6.3.4 Energy Profile Equation. For a given 

setting of the anti-sweat heater, calculate the 

energy consumption EX, in kWh/day, at a 

specific exterior air temperature between 80 

°F (26.7 °C) and 60 °F (15.6 °C) using the 

following equation: 

EX = E60 + (E90 ¥ E60) × (TX ¥ 60)/30 

Where: 

TX is the exterior air temperature in °F; 

60 is the exterior air temperature for the test 

of section 6.4.2.3; 

30 is the difference between 90 and 60; 

E60 and E90 are determined in section 6.3.3. 

6.3.5 Energy Consumption at 80 °F (26.7 

°C), 75 °F (23.9 °C) and 65 °F (18.3 °C). For 

a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, 

calculate the energy consumptions at 80 °F 

(26.7 °C), 75 °F (23.9 °C) and 65 °F (18.3 °C) 

exterior air temperatures, E80, E75 and E65, 

respectively, in kWh/day, using the equation 

in 6.3.4. 

6.3.6 National Average Per-Cycle Energy 

Consumption. For a given setting of the antisweat heater, calculate the national average 

energy consumption, EN, in kWh/day, using 

one of the following equations: 

EN = 0.523 × E60 + 0.165 × E65 + 0.181 

× E75 + 0.131 × E80, for units not 

tested under section 5.4.2.4; and 

EN = 0.257 × E30 + 0.266 × E50 + 0.165 

× E65 + 0.181 × E75 + 0.131 × E80, 

for units tested under section 

5.4.2.4 

Where: 

E30, E50, and E60 are defined in 6.3.3; 

E65, E75, and E80 are defined in 6.3.5; and 

the coefficients 0.523, 0.165, 0.181, 0.131, 

0.257 and 0.266 are weather-associated 

weighting factors. 

6.3.7 Regional Average Per-Cycle Energy 

Consumption. If regional average per-cycle 

energy consumption is required to be 

calculated for a given setting of the antisweat heater, calculate the regional average 

per-cycle energy consumption, ER, in kWh/ 

day, for the regions in Figure 2. Use one of 

the following equations and the coefficients 

in Table A: 

ER = a1 × E60 + c × E65 + d × E75 + e 

× E80, for a unit that is not required 

to be tested under section 5.4.2.4; or 

ER = a × E30 + b × E50 + c × E65 + d × 

E75 + e × E80, for a unit tested under 

section 5.4.2.4 

Where: 

E30, E50, and E60 are defined in section 6.3.3; 

E65, E75, and E80 are defined in section 6.3.5; 

and 

a1, a, b, c, d, and e are weather-associated 

weighting factors for the regions, as 

specified in Table A. 

TABLE A—COEFFICIENTS FOR CALCULATING REGIONAL AVERAGE PER-CYCLE ENERGY CONSUMPTION

[Weighting factors] 

Regions a1 a b c d e 

I ........................................ 0.282 0.039 0.244 0.194 0.326 0.198 

II ....................................... 0.486 0.194 0.293 0.191 0.193 0.129 

III ...................................... 0.584 0.302 0.282 0.178 0.159 0.079 

IV ...................................... 0.664 0.420 0.244 0.161 0.121 0.055 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29866 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer, a manufacturer must obtain a waiver 

under 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an 

acceptable test procedure for each such 

product. Such instances could, for example, 

include situations where the test set-up for a 

particular refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 

basic model is not clearly defined by the 

provisions of section 2. For details regarding 

the criteria and procedures for obtaining a 

waiver, please refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

6. Appendix A1 to subpart B of part 

430 is amended by: 

a. Adding an introductory note after 

the appendix heading; 

b. Revising section 1. Definitions; 

c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by: 

1. Redesignating sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 

2.6, 2.6.1, 2.6.2 and 2.6.3 as 2.4, 2.5, 2.9, 

2.10, 2.10.1, 2.10.2 and 2.10.3; 

2. Revising sections 2.1, 2.2 and 

redesignated section 2.4; 

3. Adding new sections 2.3, and 2.6 

through 2.8; 

d. In section 3. Test Control Settings, 

by: 

1. Revising sections 3.2 and 3.2.1; 

2. Removing section 3.3; 

e. In section 4. Test Period, by: 

1. Revising sections 4.1.1, 4.1.2, 

4.1.2.1, and 4.1.2.2; 

2. Removing section 4.1.2.3; 

3. Redesignating section 4.1.2.4 as 

4.1.2.3 and revising redesignated 

4.1.2.3; 

2. Revising Figure 1 to section 4; 

3. Adding new sections 4.1.2.4 and 

4.1.3; 

f. In section 5. Test Measurements, by: 

1. Revising existing sections 5.1, 5.1.2, 

5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.2, 5.1.2.3, and 5.2.1.3; 

2. Removing section 5.2.1.4; 

3. Redesignating section 5.2.1.5 as 

5.2.1.4 and revising redesignated 

5.2.1.4; 

2. Adding new sections 5.2.1.5 and 

5.2.1.6; 

g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived 

Results from Test Measurements, by: 

1. Revising Section 6.2; 

2. Adding new section 6.2.3; 

3. Redesignating Figure 1 in section 6 

as Figure 2. 

h. Adding a new section 7, Test 

Procedure Waivers. 

The additions and revisions read as 

follows: 

Appendix A1 to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Electric 

Refrigerators and Electric RefrigeratorFreezers 

The provisions of Appendix A1 shall apply 

to all products manufactured prior to the 

effective date of any amended standards 

promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section 

325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and 

Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the 

Energy Independence and Security Act of 

2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). 

1. Definitions 

Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–1979 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) is 

applicable to this test procedure. 

1.1 ‘‘Adjusted total volume’’ means the 

sum of (i) the fresh food compartment 

volume as defined in HRF–1–1979 in cubic 

feet, and (ii) the product of an adjustment 

factor and the net freezer compartment 

volume as defined in HRF–1–1979, in cubic 

feet. 

1.2 ‘‘All-refrigerator’’ means an electric 

refrigerator which does not include a 

compartment for the freezing and long time 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALSEP27my10.006</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29867 

storage of food at temperatures below 32 °F. 

(0.0 °C.). It may include a compartment of 

0.50 cubic feet capacity (14.2 liters) or less 

for the freezing and storage of ice. 

1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device 

incorporated into the design of a refrigerator 

or refrigerator-freezer to prevent the 

accumulation of moisture on exterior or 

interior surfaces of the cabinet. 

1.4 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ means a 

user-controllable switch or user interface 

which modifies the activation or control of 

anti-sweat heaters. 

1.5 ‘‘Automatic defrost’’ means a system 

in which the defrost cycle is automatically 

initiated and terminated, with resumption of 

normal refrigeration at the conclusion of the 

defrost operation. The system automatically 

prevents the permanent formation of frost on 

all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated 

food temperatures are maintained during the 

operation of the automatic defrost system. 

1.6 ‘‘Automatic icemaker’’ means a device 

that can be supplied with water without user 

intervention, either from a pressurized water 

supply system or by transfer from a water 

reservoir located inside the cabinet, that 

automatically produces, harvests, and stores 

ice in a storage bin, with means to 

automatically interrupt the harvesting 

operation when the ice storage bin is filled 

to a pre-determined level. 

1.7 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours 

for which the energy use of an electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer is 

calculated as though the consumer activated 

compartment temperature controls were set 

so that the standardized temperatures (see 

section 3.2) were maintained. 

1.8 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test 

conditions having the calculated effect of 

operating an electric refrigerator or electric 

refrigerator-freezer for a period of 24 hours, 

with the consumer activated controls other 

than those that control compartment 

temperatures set to establish various 

operating characteristics. 

1.9 ‘‘Defrost cycle type’’ means a distinct 

sequence of control whose function is to 

remove frost and/or ice from a refrigerated 

surface. There may be variations in the 

sequence of control for defrost such as the 

number of defrost heaters energized. Each 

such variation establishes a separate distinct 

defrost cycle type. 

1.10 ‘‘Externally vented refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezer’’ means an electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer 

that: has an enclosed condenser or an 

enclosed condenser/compressor 

compartment and a set of air ducts for 

transferring the exterior air from outside the 

building envelope into, through and out of 

the refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer cabinet; 

is capable of mixing exterior air with the 

room air before discharging into, through, 

and out of the condenser or condenser/ 

compressor compartment; includes 

thermostatically controlled dampers or 

controls that enable the mixing of the exterior 

and room air at low outdoor temperatures, 

and the exclusion of exterior air when the 

outdoor air temperature is above 80 °F or the 

room air temperature; and may have a 

thermostatically actuated exterior air fan. 

1.11 ‘‘HRF–1–1979’’ means the 

Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers standard for household 

refrigerators, combination refrigeratorfreezers, and household freezers, also 

approved as an American National Standard 

as a revision of ANSI B 38.1–1970. Only 

sections of HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) specifically referenced 

in this test procedure are part of this test 

procedure. In cases where there is a conflict, 

the language of the test procedure in this 

appendix takes precedence over HRF–1– 

1979. 

1.12 ‘‘Long-time Automatic Defrost’’ 

means an automatic defrost system where 

successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 

hours or more of compressor-operating time. 

1.13 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ 

means a freezer compartment or a fresh food 

compartment of a refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer having more than two compartments 

that is not the first freezer compartment or 

the first fresh food compartment. Access to 

a separate auxiliary compartment is through 

a separate exterior door or doors rather than 

through the door or doors of another 

compartment. Separate auxiliary 

compartments may be convertible (e.g., from 

fresh food to freezer). 

1.14 ‘‘Stabilization Period’’ means the 

total period of time during which steady-state 

conditions are being attained or evaluated. 

1.15 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the cycle 

type in which the anti-sweat heater control, 

when provided, is set in the highest energy 

consuming position. 

1.16 ‘‘Variable anti-sweat heater control’’ 

means an anti-sweat heater control that 

varies the average power input of the antisweat heater(s) based on operating condition 

variable(s) and/or ambient condition 

variable(s). 

1.17 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ means a 

long-time automatic defrost system (except 

the 14-hour defrost qualification does not 

apply) where successive defrost cycles are 

determined by an operating condition 

variable or variables other than solely 

compressor operating time. This includes any 

electrical or mechanical device. Demand 

defrost is a type of variable defrost control. 

2. Test Conditions 

2.1 Ambient Temperature and Humidity. 

The ambient temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1 °F 

(32.2 ± 0.6 °C) during the stabilization period 

and the test period. If the product being 

tested has variable anti-sweat heater control, 

the ambient relative humidity shall be no 

more than 35%. For the variable anti-sweat 

heater test described in section 4.1.3, the 

ambient temperature shall be 72 ± 1 °F (22.2 

± 0.6 °C) dry bulb and the relative humidities 

for the three portions of the test shall be 25 

± 10%, 65 ± 2%, and 95 ± 2%. 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The electric 

refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer 

shall be installed and its operating conditions 

maintained in accordance with HRF–1–1979, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

section 7.2 through section 7.4.3.3, except 

that the vertical ambient temperature 

gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out 

from the centers of the two sides of the unit 

being tested is to be maintained during the 

test. Unless the area is obstructed by shields 

or baffles, the gradient is to be maintained 

from 2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or 

supporting platform to a height 1 foot (30.5 

cm) above the unit under test. Defrost 

controls are to be operative. Other exceptions 

and provisions to the cited sections of HRF– 

1–1979 are noted in sections 2.3 through 2.8, 

and 5.1 below. 

2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. 

(a) User-Controllable Anti-Sweat Heaters. 

The anti-sweat heater switch is to be on 

during one test and off during a second test. 

(b) Variable Anti-Sweat Heaters. In the case 

of an electric refrigerator-freezer equipped 

with variable anti-sweat heater control, the 

test shall be conducted with the anti-sweat 

heater controls activated to allow the antisweat heater to be energized but operating in 

their minimum energy state corresponding to 

operation in low humidity conditions, as a 

result of testing conducted using an ambient 

relative humidity level as specified in section 

2.1. If the product has an anti-sweat heater 

switch, it shall be switched on. The variable 

anti-sweat heater test (described in section 

4.1.3) shall be conducted to determine the 

energy consumption of the anti-sweat heater 

in higher humidity conditions. The standard 

cycle energy consumption shall be 

determined using the equation described in 

section 6.2.3. 

2.4 Conditions for Automatic Defrost 

Refrigerator-Freezers. For automatic defrost 

refrigerator-freezers, the freezer 

compartments shall not be loaded with any 

frozen food packages during testing. 

Cylindrical metallic masses of dimensions 

1.12 ± 0.25 inches (2.9 ± 0.6 cm) in diameter 

and height shall be attached in good thermal 

contact with each temperature sensor within 

the refrigerated compartments. All 

temperature measuring sensor masses shall 

be supported by low-thermal-conductivity 

supports in such a manner to ensure that 

there will be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) of air 

space separating the thermal mass from 

contact with any interior surface or hardware 

inside the cabinet. In case of interference 

with hardware at the sensor locations 

specified in section 5.1, the sensors shall be 

placed at the nearest adjacent location such 

that there will be a 1-inch air space 

separating the sensor mass from the 

hardware. 

* * * * * 

2.6 The cabinet and its refrigerating 

mechanism shall be assembled and set up in 

accordance with the printed consumer 

instructions supplied with the cabinet. Setup of the refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 

shall not deviate from these instructions, 

unless explicitly required or allowed by this 

test procedure. Specific required or allowed 

deviations from such set-up include the 

following: 

(a) Connection of water lines and 

installation of water filters are not required; 

(b) Clearance requirements from surfaces of 

the product shall be as described in section 

2.8 below; 

(c) The electric power supply shall be as 

described in HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) section 7.4.1; 

(d) Temperature control settings for testing 

shall be as described in section 3 below. 

Settings for convertible compartments and 

other temperature-controllable or special 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29868 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

compartments shall be as described in 

section 2.7 below; and 

(e) The product does not need to be 

anchored or otherwise secured to prevent 

tipping during energy testing. 

For cases in which set-up is not clearly 

defined by this test procedure, manufacturers 

must submit a petition for a waiver (see 

section 7). 

2.7 Compartments that are convertible 

(e.g., from fresh food to freezer) shall be 

operated in the highest energy use position. 

For the special case of convertible separate 

auxiliary compartments, this means that the 

compartment shall be treated as a freezer 

compartment or a fresh food compartment, 

depending on which of these represents 

higher energy use. Other compartments with 

separate temperature control (such as 

crispers convertible to meat keepers), with 

the exception of butter conditioners, shall 

also be tested with controls set in the highest 

energy use position. 

2.8 The space between the back of the 

cabinet and the test room wall or simulated 

wall shall be the minimum distance in 

accordance with the manufacturer’s 

instructions. If the instructions do not specify 

a minimum distance, the cabinet shall be 

located such that the rear of the cabinet 

touches the test room wall or simulated wall. 

The test room wall facing the rear of the 

cabinet or the simulated wall shall be flat 

within 1⁄4 inch, and vertical to within 1 

degree. The cabinet shall be leveled to within 

1 degree of true level, and positioned with its 

rear wall parallel to the test chamber wall or 

simulated wall immediately behind the 

cabinet. Any simulated wall shall be solid 

and shall extend vertically from the floor to 

above the height of the cabinet and 

horizontally beyond both sides of the cabinet. 

* * * * * 

3. Test Control Settings 

* * * * * 

3.2 Model with User Operable 

Temperature Control. Testing shall be 

performed in accordance with one of the 

following sections using the standardized 

temperatures of: 

All-Refrigerator: 38 °F (3.3 °C) fresh food 

compartment temperature; 

Refrigerator: 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) freezer 

compartment temperature; 

Refrigerator-Freezer: 5 °F (¥15 °C) freezer 

compartment temperature; and 

Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Model 

(Temperatures for the variable anti-sweat 

heater test of section 4.1.3): 5 °F (¥15 °C) 

freezer compartment temperature and 38 ± 2 

°F (3.3 ± 1.1 °F) fresh food compartment 

temperature during steady-state conditions 

with no door-openings. If both settings 

cannot be obtained, then test with the fresh 

food compartment temperature at 38 ± 2 °F 

(3.3 ± 1.1 °C) and the freezer compartment as 

close to 5 °F (-15 °C) as possible. 

For the purposes of comparing 

compartment temperatures with standardized 

temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 

through 3.2.3, the freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments, and the 

fresh food compartment temperature shall be 

equal to a volume-weighted average of the 

temperatures of all applicable fresh food 

compartments. Applicable compartments for 

these calculations may include a first freezer 

compartment, a first fresh food compartment, 

and any number of separate auxiliary 

compartments. 

3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with 

all compartment temperature controls set at 

their median position midway between their 

warmest and coldest settings. For mechanical 

control systems, knob detents shall be 

mechanically defeated if necessary to attain 

a median setting. For electronic control 

systems, the test shall be performed with all 

compartment temperature controls set at the 

average of the coldest and warmest settings— 

if there is no setting equal to this average, the 

setting closest to the average shall be used. 

If there are two such settings equally close to 

the average, the higher of these temperature 

control settings shall be used. If the 

compartment temperature measured during 

the first test is higher than the standardized 

temperature, the second test shall be 

conducted with the controls set at the coldest 

settings. If the compartment temperature 

measured during the first test is lower than 

the standardized temperature, the second test 

shall be conducted with the controls set at 

the warmest settings. If the compartment 

temperatures measured during these two 

tests bound the standardized temperature for 

the product being tested, then these test 

results shall be used to determine energy 

consumption. If the compartment 

temperature measured with all controls set at 

their coldest setting is above the standardized 

temperature, a third test shall be performed 

with all controls set at their warmest setting 

and the result of this test shall be used with 

the result of the test performed with all 

controls set at their coldest setting to 

determine energy consumption. If the 

compartment temperature measured with all 

controls set at their warmest setting is below 

the standardized temperature; and the fresh 

food compartment temperature is below 

45 °F (7.22 °C) in the case of a refrigerator 

or a refrigerator-freezer, excluding an allrefrigerator, then the result of this test alone 

will be used to determine energy 

consumption. 

* * * * * 

4. Test Period 

* * * * * 

4.1.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model 

being tested has no automatic defrost system, 

the test time period shall start after steady 

state conditions have been achieved, and be 

of not less than three hours in duration. 

During the test period the compressor motor 

shall complete two or more whole 

compressor cycles (a compressor cycle is a 

complete ‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ period of 

the motor). If no ‘‘off’’ cycling will occur, as 

determined during the stabilization period, 

the test period shall be 3 hours. If incomplete 

cycling occurs (less than two compressor 

cycles during a 24-hour period), the results 

of the 24-hour period shall be used. 

4.1.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model 

being tested has an automatic defrost system, 

the test time period shall start after steadystate conditions have been achieved and be 

from one point during a defrost period to the 

same point during the next defrost period. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the alternative 

provisions of 4.1.2.1 may be used. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control, the provisions of section 4.1.2.2 shall 

apply. If the model has a dual compressor 

system with automatic defrost for both 

systems, the provisions of 4.1.2.3 shall apply. 

If the model being tested has long-time 

automatic or variable defrost control 

involving multiple defrost cycle types, such 

as for a system with a single compressor with 

two or more evaporators in which the 

evaporators are defrosted at different 

frequencies, the provisions of section 4.1.2.4 

shall apply. If the model being tested has 

multiple defrost cycle types for which 

compressor run time between defrosts is a 

fixed time less than 14 hours for all such 

cycle types, and for which the compressor 

run time between defrosts for different 

defrost cycle types are equal to or multiples 

of each other, the test time period shall be 

from one point of the defrost cycle type with 

the longest compressor run time between 

defrosts to the same point during the next 

occurrence of this defrost cycle type. For 

such products, energy consumption shall be 

calculated as described in section 5.2.1.1. 

4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the two-part test 

described in this section may be used. The 

first part is the same as the test for a unit 

having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). 

The second part starts when the compressor 

turns off at the end of a period of steady-state 

cycling operation just before initiation of the 

defrost control sequence. If the compressor 

does not cycle during steady-state operation 

between defrosts, the second part starts at a 

time when the compartment temperatures are 

within their ranges measured during steady 

state operation, or within 0.5 °F of the 

average during steady state operation for a 

compartment with a temperature range 

during steady state operation no greater than 

1 °F. This control sequence may include 

additional compressor operation prior to 

energizing the defrost heater. The second part 

terminates when the compressor turns on the 

second time after the defrost control 

sequence or 4 hours after the defrost heater 

is energized, whichever occurs first. See 

Figure 1. 

BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29869 

BILLING CODE 6450–01–C 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALSEP27MY10.002</GPH>
29870 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

4.1.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control system, the test shall consist of the 

same two parts as the test for long-time 

automatic defrost (section 4.1.2.1). 

4.1.2.3 Dual Compressor Systems with 

Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested 

has separate compressor systems for the 

refrigerator and freezer sections, each with its 

own automatic defrost system, then the twopart method in 4.1.2.1 shall be used. The 

second part of the method will be conducted 

separately for each automatic defrost system. 

The components (compressor, fan motors, 

defrost heaters, anti-sweat heaters, etc.) 

associated with each system will be 

identified and their energy consumption will 

be separately measured during each test. 

4.1.2.4 Systems with Multiple Defrost 

Frequencies. This section is applicable to 

models with long-time automatic or variable 

defrost control with multiple defrost cycle 

types, such as models with single 

compressors and multiple evaporators in 

which the evaporators have different defrost 

frequencies. The two-part method in 4.1.2.1 

shall be used. The second part of the method 

will be conducted separately for each distinct 

defrost cycle type. 

4.1.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Test. 

The test shall be conducted three times with 

the test conditions at three different relative 

humidities as set forth in section 2 and the 

test control settings as set forth in section 3. 

For a product with an anti-sweat heater 

switch, the tests shall be conducted with the 

switch in the on position. Each of the three 

portions of the test shall be conducted in the 

same manner as for a unit having no 

automatic defrost (section 4.1.1). If during the 

time between one of the portions of the test 

and the next portion the ambient temperature 

conditions are maintained, the procedure for 

evaluating steady state (section 2.9) is not 

required for the second of these two portions 

of the test. However, in such a case, a control 

stabilization period of two hours is required 

after the ambient humidity conditions have 

reached the required range before start of the 

test. 

5. Test Measurements 

5.1 Temperature Measurements. 

Temperature measurements shall be made at 

the locations prescribed in Figures 7.1 and 

7.2 of HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) and shall be accurate 

to within ±0.5 °F (0.3 °C). No freezer 

temperature measurements need be taken in 

an all-refrigerator model. 

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet 

do not conform with those shown in Figure 

7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1–1979, the product may 

be tested by relocating the temperature 

sensors from the locations specified in the 

Figures by no more than 2 inches to avoid 

interference with hardware or components 

within the cabinet, in which case the specific 

locations used for the temperature sensors 

shall be noted in the test data records 

maintained by the manufacturer in 

accordance with 10 CFR 430.62(d). For those 

products equipped with a cabinet that does 

not conform with Figures 7.1 or 7.2 and 

cannot be tested in the manner described 

above, the manufacturer must obtain a waiver 

under 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an 

acceptable test procedure for each such 

product. 

* * * * * 

5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The 

compartment temperature for each test 

period shall be an average of the measured 

temperatures taken in a compartment during 

one or more complete compressor cycles. 

One compressor cycle is one complete motor 

‘‘on’’ and one complete motor ‘‘off’’ period. 

For long-time automatic defrost models, 

compartment temperatures shall be those 

measured in the first part of the test period 

specified in section 4.1.2.1. For models 

equipped with variable defrost controls, 

compartment temperatures shall be those 

measured in the first part of the test period 

specified in section 4.1.2.2. 

5.1.2.1 The number of complete 

compressor cycles over which the measured 

temperatures in a compartment are to be 

averaged to determine compartment 

temperature shall be equal to the number of 

minutes between measured temperature 

readings, rounded up to the next whole 

minute or a number of complete compressor 

cycles over a time period exceeding 1 hour, 

whichever is greater. One of the compressor 

cycles shall be the last complete compressor 

cycle during the test period. 

5.1.2.2 If no compressor cycling occurs, 

the compartment temperature shall be the 

average of the measured temperatures taken 

during the last 32 minutes of the test period. 

5.1.2.3 If incomplete compressor cycling 

occurs, the compartment temperatures shall 

be the average of the measured temperatures 

taken during the last three hours of the last 

complete compressor ‘‘on’’ period. 

* * * * * 

5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × (12/CT), 

Where: 

1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, 

T2, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2; 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM ¥ CTL) + CTL); 

CTL = least or shortest time between defrosts 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour (greater than or equal to 6 but 

less than or equal to 12 hours); 

CTM = maximum time between defrost cycles 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour (greater than CTL but not more 

than 96 hours); 

F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 

excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per-day energy 

consumption and is equal to 0.20; 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CT L and CTM in the algorithm, the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

* * * * * 

5.2.1.4 Dual Compressor Systems with 

Dual Automatic Defrost. The two-part test 

method in section 4.1.2.4 must be used, and 

the energy consumption in kilowatt-hours 

per day shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2F ¥ (EPF

× T2/T1)) × (12/CTF) 

+ (EP2R ¥ (EPR × T3/T1)) × (12/CTR) 

Where: 

1440, EP1, T1, EP2, 12, and CT are defined 

in 5.2.1.2; 

EPF = freezer system energy in kilowatt-hours 

expended during the first part of the test; 

EP2F = freezer system energy in kilowatthours expended during the second part 

of the test for the freezer system; 

EPR= refrigerator system energy in kilowatthours expended during the first part of 

the test; 

EP2R = refrigerator system energy in kilowatthours expended during the second part 

of the test for the refrigerator system; 

T2 and T3 = length of time in minutes of the 

second test part for the freezer and 

refrigerator systems respectively; 

CTF = compressor ‘‘on’’ time between freezer 

defrosts (in hours to the nearest tenth of 

an hour); and 

CTR = compressor ‘‘on’’ time between 

refrigerator defrosts (in hours to the 

nearest tenth of an hour). 

* * * * * 

5.2.1.5 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Test. 

The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours 

per day for each portion of the test shall be 

calculated equivalent to: 

ETXX = EPXX × 1440/TXX

Where: 

1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1; 

subscript XX = 25, 65, and 95, 

representing the three relative 

humidities for which the test is 

conducted; 

ETXX = test cycle energy expended in 

kilowatt-hours per day; 

EPXX = energy expended during the test 

period in kilowatt-hours; 

TXX = length of time of the test period 

in minutes. 

5.2.1.6 Long-time or Variable Defrost 

Control for Systems with Multiple 

Defrost cycle Types. The energy 

consumption in kilowatt-hours per day 

shall be calculated equivalent to 

ET EP T EP EP T T CT ii i

i

D

= × ( ) + −× ⎡( ) ( ) × ( ) ⎣ ⎤

⎦ =

1440 1 1 2 1 2 1 12 ∑1/ //


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALSEP27MY10.005</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29871 

Where: 

1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1 and T1 are 

defined in 5.2.1.2; 

i is a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more 

that identifies the distinct defrost cycle 

types applicable for the refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezer; 

EP2i = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test for 

defrost cycle type i; 

T2i = length of time in minutes of the second 

part of the test for defrost cycle type i; 

CTi is the compressor run time between 

instances of defrost cycle type i, for long 

time automatic defrost control equal to a 

fixed time, and for variable defrost 

control equal to (CTLi × CTMi)/(F × (CTMi

¥ CTLi) + CTLi); 

CTLi = least or shortest time between 

instances of defrost cycle type i in hours 

rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour 

(greater than or equal to 6 but less than 

or equal to 12 hours); 

CTMi = maximum time between instances of 

defrost cycle type i in hours rounded to 

the nearest tenth of an hour (greater than 

CTLi but not more than 96 hours); 

F = default defrost energy consumption 

factor, equal to 0.20 in lieu of testing to 

find CTi; 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CT Li and CTMi in the algorithm, the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

D is the total number of distinct defrost cycle 

types. 

* * * * * 

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test 

Measurements 

* * * * * 

6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy 

consumption. 

For the purposes of calculating per-cycle 

energy consumption, as described in this 

section, the freezer compartment temperature 

shall be equal to a volume-weighted average 

of the temperatures of all applicable freezer 

compartments, and the fresh food 

compartment temperature shall be equal to a 

volume-weighted average of the temperatures 

of all applicable fresh food compartments. 

Applicable compartments for these 

calculations may include a first freezer 

compartment, a first fresh food compartment, 

and any number of separate auxiliary 

compartments. 

* * * * * 

6.2.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models. 

The energy consumption of an electric 

refrigerator-freezer having a variable antisweat heater control, EVASH, expressed in 

kilowatt-hours per day, shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

EVASH = E + (Correction Factor), where E is 

determined by 6.2.1.1, 6.2.1.2, 6.2.2.1, or 

6.2.2.2, whichever is appropriate, with 

the anti-sweat heater in its minimum 

energy state corresponding to low 

ambient humidity during the test. 

Where Correction Factor: 

= 0.034 * (Energy Difference at 5% Relative 

Humidity (RH)), 

+ 0.211 * (Energy Difference at 15% RH) 

+ 0.204 * (Energy Difference at 25% RH) 

+ 0.166 * (Energy Difference at 35% RH) 

+ 0.126 * (Energy Difference at 45% RH) 

+ 0.119 * (Energy Difference at 55% RH) 

+ 0.069 * (Energy Difference at 65% RH) 

+ 0.047 * (Energy Difference at 75% RH) 

+ 0.008 * (Energy Difference at 85% RH) 

+ 0.015 * (Energy Difference at 95% RH) 

Where: 

Energy Difference at 65% RH = ED65 = ET65

¥ ET25; 

Energy Difference at 95% RH = ED95 = ET95

¥ ET25; 

ET25, ET65, and ET95 are determined in 

accordance with section 5.2.1.6; and 

Energy Difference DERH at each other relative 

humidity RH is the greater of zero or the 

following: 

EDRH = ED65 + (ED95 ¥ED 65) × (DPRH ¥ 

DP65)/(DP95 ¥ DP65), 

Where the dew points DPRH at each of the 

relative humidities RH in the equation 

are as follows: 

DP5 = 5.06 

DP15 = 27.53; 

DP25 = 38.75; 

DP35 = 46.43; 

DP45 = 52.32; 

DP55 = 57.13; 

DP65 = 61.20; 

DP75 = 64.74; 

DP85 = 67.87; 

DP95 = 70.69. 

* * * * * 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer, a manufacturer must obtain a waiver 

under 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an 

acceptable test procedure for each such 

product. Such instances could, for example, 

include situations where the test set-up for a 

particular refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 

basic model is not clearly defined by the 

provisions of section 2. For details regarding 

the criteria and procedures for obtaining a 

waiver, please refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

7. Add a new Appendix B to subpart 

B of part 430 to read as follows: 

Appendix B to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Freezers 

The provisions of Appendix B shall apply 

to all products manufactured on or after the 

effective date of any amended standards 

promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section 

325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and 

Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the 

Energy Independence and Security Act of 

2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). 

1. Definitions 

Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–2008 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) is 

applicable to this test procedure. 

1.1 ‘‘Adjusted total volume’’ means the 

product of the freezer volume as defined in 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) in cubic feet times an adjustment 

factor. 

1.2 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device 

incorporated into the design of a freezer to 

prevent the accumulation of moisture on 

exterior or interior surfaces of the cabinet 

under conditions of high ambient humidity. 

1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ means a 

user-controllable switch or user interface 

which modifies the activation or control of 

anti-sweat heaters. 

1.4 ‘‘Automatic defrost’’ means a system 

in which the defrost cycle is automatically 

initiated and terminated, with resumption of 

normal refrigeration at the conclusion of 

defrost operation. The system automatically 

prevents the permanent formation of frost on 

all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated 

food temperatures are maintained during the 

operation of the automatic defrost system. 

1.5 ‘‘Automatic icemaker’’ means a 

device, that can be supplied with water 

without user intervention, either from a 

pressurized water supply system or by 

transfer from a water reservoir located inside 

the cabinet, that automatically produces, 

harvests, and stores ice in a storage bin, with 

means to automatically interrupt the 

harvesting operation when the ice storage bin 

is filled to a pre-determined level. 

1.6 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours 

for which the energy use of a freezer is 

calculated as though the consumer-activated 

compartment temperature controls were 

preset so that the standardized temperatures 

(see section 3.2) was maintained. 

1.7 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test 

conditions having the calculated effect of 

operating a freezer for a period of 24 hours 

with the consumer-activated controls other 

than the compartment temperature control 

set to establish various operating 

characteristics. 

1.8 ‘‘HRF–1–2008’’ means the Association 

of Home Appliance Manufacturers standard 

Energy, Performance and Capacity of 

Household Refrigerators, RefrigeratorFreezers and Freezers that was approved 

September 13, 2008. Only sections of HRF– 

1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) specifically referenced in this test 

procedure are part of this test procedure. In 

cases where there is a conflict, the language 

of the test procedure in this appendix takes 

precedence over HRF–1–2008. 

1.9 ‘‘Long-time automatic defrost’’ means 

an automatic defrost system where 

successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 

hours or more of compressor operating time. 

1.10 ‘‘Quick freeze’’ means an optional 

feature on freezers that is initiated manually 

and shut off manually. It bypasses the 

thermostat control and places the compressor 

in a steady-state operating condition until it 

is shut off. 

1.11 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ 

means a freezer compartment of a freezer 

having more than one compartment that is 

not the first freezer compartment. Access to 

a separate auxiliary compartment is through 

a separate exterior door or doors rather than 

through the door or doors of another 

compartment. 

1.12 ‘‘Stabilization period’’ means the 

total period of time during which steady-state 

conditions are being attained or evaluated. 

1.13 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the cycle 

type in which the anti-sweat heater switch, 

when provided, is set in the highest energyconsuming position. 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29872 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

1.14 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ means a 

long-time automatic defrost system (except 

the 14-hour defrost qualification does not 

apply) where successive defrost cycles are 

determined by an operating condition 

variable or variables other than compressor 

operating time. This includes any electrical 

or mechanical device performing this 

function. Demand defrost is a type of variable 

defrost control. 

2. Test Conditions 

2.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient 

temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1.0 °F (32.2 ± 0.6 

°C) during the stabilization period and the 

test period. The ambient temperature shall be 

80 ± 2 °F (26.7 ± 1.1 °C) dry bulb and 67 °F 

(19.4 °C) wet bulb during the stabilization 

period and during the test period when the 

unit is tested in accordance with section 3.3. 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The freezer 

shall be installed and its operating conditions 

maintained in accordance with HRF–1–2008, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

sections 5.3 through section 5.5.5.5 (but 

excluding sections 5.5.5.2 and 5.5.5.4), 

except that the vertical ambient gradient at 

locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out from the 

centers of the two sides of the unit being 

tested is to be maintained during the test. 

Unless the area is obstructed by shields or 

baffles, the gradient is to be maintained from 

2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or 

supporting platform to a height 1 foot (30.5 

cm) above the unit under test. Defrost 

controls are to be operative and the antisweat heater switch is to be ‘‘on’’ during one 

test and ‘‘off’’ during a second test. The quick 

freeze option shall be switched off except as 

specified in section 3.1. Additional 

clarifications are noted in sections 2.3 

through 2.6. 

2.3 Conditions for Automatic Defrost 

Freezers. For automatic defrost freezers, the 

freezer compartments shall not be loaded 

with any frozen food packages during testing. 

Cylindrical metallic masses of dimensions 

1.12 ± 0.25 inches (2.9 ± 0.6 cm) in diameter 

and height shall be attached in good thermal 

contact with each temperature sensor within 

the refrigerated compartments. All 

temperature measuring sensor masses shall 

be supported by low-thermal-conductivity 

supports in such a manner to ensure that 

there will be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) of air 

space separating the thermal mass from 

contact with any interior surface or hardware 

inside the cabinet. In case of interference 

with hardware at the sensor locations 

specified in section 5.1, the sensors shall be 

placed at the nearest adjacent location such 

that there will be a 1-inch air space 

separating the sensor mass from the 

hardware. 

2.4 The cabinet and its refrigerating 

mechanism shall be assembled and set up in 

accordance with the printed consumer 

instructions supplied with the cabinet. Setup of the freezer shall not deviate from these 

instructions, unless explicitly required or 

allowed by this test procedure. Specific 

required or allowed deviations from such setup include the following: 

(a) Clearance requirements from surfaces of 

the product shall be as described in section 

2.5 below; 

(b) The electric power supply shall be as 

described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) section 5.5.1; 

(c) Temperature control settings for testing 

shall be as described in section 3 below; and 

(d) The product does not need to be 

anchored or otherwise secured to prevent 

tipping during energy testing. 

For cases in which set-up is not clearly 

defined by this test procedure, manufacturers 

must submit a petition for a waiver (see 

section 7). 

2.5 The space between the back of the 

cabinet and the test room wall or simulated 

wall shall be the minimum distance in 

accordance with the manufacturer’s 

instructions. If the instructions do not specify 

a minimum distance, the cabinet shall be 

located such that the rear of the cabinet 

touches the test room wall or simulated wall. 

The test room wall facing the rear of the 

cabinet or the simulated wall shall be flat 

within 1⁄4 inch, and vertical to within 1 

degree. The cabinet shall be leveled to within 

1 degree of true level, and positioned with its 

rear wall parallel to the test chamber wall or 

simulated wall immediately behind the 

cabinet. Any simulated wall shall be solid 

and shall extend vertically from the floor to 

above the height of the cabinet and 

horizontally beyond both sides of the cabinet. 

2.6 Steady State Condition. Steady-state 

conditions exist if the temperature 

measurements taken at four minute intervals 

or less during a stabilization period are not 

changing at a rate greater than 0.042 °F (0.023 

°C) per hour as determined by the applicable 

condition of A or B described below. 

A—The average of the measurements 

during a 2-hour period if no cycling occurs 

or during a number of complete repetitive 

compressor cycles occurring through a period 

of no less than 2 hours is compared to the 

average over an equivalent time period with 

3 hours elapsing between the two 

measurement periods. 

B—If A above cannot be used, the average 

of the measurements during a number of 

complete repetitive compressor cycles 

occurring through a period of no less than 2 

hours and including the last complete cycle 

before a defrost period (or if no cycling 

occurs, the average of the measurements 

during the last 2 hours before a defrost 

period) are compared to the same averaging 

period before the following defrost period. 

3. Test Control Settings 

3.1 Model with No User Operable 

Temperature Control. A test shall be 

performed during which the compartment 

temperature and energy use shall be 

measured. A second test shall be performed 

with the temperature control electrically 

short circuited to cause the compressor to 

run continuously. If the model has the quick 

freeze option, this option must be used to 

bypass the temperature control. 

3.2 Model with User Operable 

Temperature Control. Testing shall be 

performed in accordance with one of the 

following sections using the standardized 

temperature of 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C). 

For the purposes of comparing 

compartment temperatures with standardized 

temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 

through 3.2.3, the freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments. Applicable 

compartments for these calculations may 

include a first freezer compartment and any 

number of separate auxiliary freezer 

compartments. 

3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with 

all temperature controls set at their median 

position midway between their warmest and 

coldest settings. For mechanical control 

systems, knob detents shall be mechanically 

defeated if necessary to attain a median 

setting. For electronic control systems, the 

test shall be performed with all compartment 

temperature controls set at the average of the 

coldest and warmest settings—if there is no 

setting equal to this average, the setting 

closest to the average shall be used. If there 

are two such settings equally close to the 

average, the higher of these temperature 

control settings shall be used. A second test 

shall be performed with all controls set at 

either their warmest or their coldest setting 

(not electrically or mechanically bypassed), 

whichever is appropriate, to attempt to 

achieve compartment temperatures measured 

during the two tests which bound (i.e., one 

is above and one is below) the standardized 

temperature. If the compartment 

temperatures measured during these two 

tests bound the standardized temperature, 

then these test results shall be used to 

determine energy consumption. If the 

compartment temperature measured with all 

controls set at their coldest setting is above 

the standardized temperature, a third test 

shall be performed with all controls set at 

their warmest setting and the result of this 

test shall be used with the result of the test 

performed with all controls set at their 

coldest setting to determine energy 

consumption. If the compartment 

temperature measured with all controls set at 

their warmest setting is below the 

standardized temperature, then the result of 

this test alone will be used to determine 

energy consumption. Also see Table 1 below, 

which summarizes these requirements. 

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR FREEZERS

First test Second test 

Third test settings Energy calculation based 

on: Settings Results Settings Results 

Mid ........................... Low .......................... Warm ....................... Low .......................... None ........................ Second Test Only. 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29873 

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR FREEZERS—Continued 

First test Second test 

Third test settings Energy calculation based 

on: Settings Results Settings Results 

High ......................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

High ......................... Cold ......................... Low .......................... None ........................ First and Second Tests. 

High ......................... Warm ....................... Second and Third Tests. 

3.2.2 Alternatively, a first test may be 

performed with all temperature controls set 

at their warmest setting. If the compartment 

temperature is below the standardized 

temperature, then the result of this test alone 

will be used to determine energy 

consumption. If the above condition is not 

met, then the unit shall be tested in 

accordance with section 3.2.1. 

3.2.3 Alternatively, a first test may be 

performed with all temperature controls set 

at their coldest setting. If the compartment 

temperature is above the standardized 

temperature, a second test shall be performed 

with all controls set at their warmest setting 

and the results of these two tests shall be 

used to determine energy consumption. If the 

above condition is not met, then the unit 

shall be tested in accordance with section 

3.2.1. 

4. Test Period 

4.1 Test Period. Tests shall be performed 

by establishing the conditions set forth in 

section 2 and using control settings as set 

forth in section 3 above. 

4.1.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model 

being tested has no automatic defrost system, 

the test time period shall start after steadystate conditions have been achieved and be 

no less than 3 hours in duration. During the 

test period, the compressor motor shall 

complete two or more whole compressor 

cycles. (A compressor cycle is a complete 

‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ period of the 

motor.) If no ‘‘off’’ cycling will occur, as 

determined during the stabilization period, 

the test period shall be 3 hours. If incomplete 

cycling occurs (less than two compressor 

cycles during a 24-hour period), the results 

of the 24-hour period shall be used. 

4.1.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model 

being tested has an automatic defrost system, 

the test time period shall start after steadystate conditions have been achieved and be 

from one point during a defrost period to the 

same point during the next defrost period. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the alternate 

provisions of 4.1.2.1 may be used. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control, the provisions of 4.1.2.2 shall apply. 

4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the two-part test 

described in this section may be used. The 

first part is the same as the test for a unit 

having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). 

The second part starts when the compressor 

turns off at the end of a period of steady-state 

cycling operation just before initiation of the 

defrost control sequence. If the compressor 

does not cycle during steady-state operation 

between defrosts, the second part starts at a 

time when the compartment temperatures are 

within their ranges measured during steady 

state operation, or within 0.5 °F of the 

average during steady state operation for a 

compartment with a temperature range 

during steady state operation no greater than 

1 °F. This control sequence may include 

additional compressor operation prior to 

energizing the defrost heater. The second part 

terminates when the compressor turns on the 

second time after the defrost control 

sequence or 4 hours after the defrost heater 

is energized, whichever occurs first. 

4.1.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control system, the test shall consist of the 

same two parts as the test for long-time 

automatic defrost (section 4.1.2.1). 

5. Test Measurements. 

5.1 Temperature Measurements. 

Temperature measurements shall be made at 

the locations prescribed in Figure 5–2 of 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) and shall be accurate to within ± 0.5 

°F (0.3°C). 

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet 

do not conform with those shown in Figure 

7.2 of HRF–1–1979, the product may be 

tested by relocating the temperature sensors 

from the locations specified in the Figures by 

no more than 2 inches to avoid interference 

with hardware or components within the 

cabinet, in which case the specific locations 

used for the temperature sensors shall be 

noted in the test data records maintained by 

the manufacturer in accordance with 10 CFR 

430.62(d). For those products equipped with 

a cabinet that does not conform with Figure 

7.2 and cannot be tested in the manner 

described above, the manufacturer must 

obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 to 

establish an acceptable test procedure for 

each such product. 

5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The 

measured temperature is to be the average of 

all sensor temperature readings taken at a 

particular point in time. Measurements shall 

be taken at regular intervals not to exceed 4 

minutes. 

5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The 

compartment temperature for each test 

period shall be an average of the measured 

temperatures taken during one or more 

complete compressor cycles. One compressor 

cycle is one complete motor ‘‘on’’ and one 

complete motor ‘‘off’’ period. For long-time 

automatic defrost models, compartment 

temperature shall be that measured in the 

first part of the test period specified in 

section 4.1.2.1. For models equipped with 

variable defrost controls, compartment 

temperatures shall be those measured in the 

first part of the test period specified in 

section 4.1.2.2. 

5.1.2.1 The number of complete 

compressor cycles over which the measured 

temperatures in a compartment are to be 

averaged to determine compartment 

temperature shall be equal to the number of 

minutes between measured temperature 

readings rounded up to the next whole 

minute or a number of complete compressor 

cycles over a time period exceeding 1 hour. 

One of the compressor cycles shall be the last 

complete compressor cycle during the test 

period. 

5.1.2.2 If no compressor cycling occurs, 

the compartment temperature shall be the 

average of the measured temperatures taken 

during the last 32 minutes of the test period. 

5.1.2.3 If incomplete compressor cycling 

occurs (less than one compressor cycle), the 

compartment temperature shall be the 

average of all readings taken during the last 

3 hours of the last complete compressor ‘‘on’’ 

period. 

5.2 Energy Measurements: 

5.2.1 Per-Day Energy Consumption. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day for each test period shall be the energy 

expended during the test period as specified 

in section 4.1 adjusted to a 24-hour period. 

The adjustment shall be determined as 

follows: 

5.2.1.1 Nonautomatic and Automatic 

Defrost Models. The energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

ET = (EP × 1440 × K)/T 

Where: 

ET = test cycle energy expended in kilowatthours per day; 

EP = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the test period; 

T = length of time of the test period in 

minutes; 

1440 = conversion factor to adjust to a 24- 

hour period in minutes per day; and 

K = dimensionless correction factor of 0.7 for 

chest freezers and 0.85 for upright 

freezers to adjust for average household 

usage. 

5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the two part test method is used, the energy 

consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall 

be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × K × EP1/T1) + ((EP2¥(EP1 

× T2/T1)) × K ×12/CT) 

Where: 

ET, 1440, and K are defined in section 

5.2.1.1; 

EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the first part of the test; 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29874 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test; 

CT = defrost timer run time in hours required 

to cause it to go through a complete 

cycle, to the nearest tenth hour per cycle; 

12 = conversion factor to adjust for a 50 

percent run time of the compressor in 

hours per day; and 

T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the 

first and second test parts respectively. 

5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2¥(EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × (12/CT), 

Where: 

ET and 1440 are defined in section 5.2.1.1; 

EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 12 are defined in 

section 5.2.1.2; 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM¥CTL) + 

CTL) 

Where: 

CTL = least or shortest time between defrosts 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour (greater than or equal to 6 hours 

but less than or equal to 12 hours); 

CTM = maximum time between defrosts in 

hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an 

hour (greater than CTL but not more than 

96 hours); 

F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 

excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per-day energy 

consumption and is equal to 0.20. 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

5.3 Volume Measurements. The total 

refrigerated volume, VT, shall be measured in 

accordance with HRF–1–2008, (incorporated 

by reference; see § 430.3), section 3.30 and 

sections 4.2 through 4.3. 

In the case of freezers with automatic 

icemakers, the volume occupied by the 

automatic icemaker, including its ice storage 

bin, is to be included in the volume 

measurement. 

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test 

Measurements 

6.1 Adjusted Total Volume. The adjusted 

total volume, VA, for freezers under test shall 

be defined as: 

VA = VT × CF 

Where: 

VA = adjusted total volume in cubic feet; 

VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet; 

and 

CF = dimensionless correction factor of 1.76. 

6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy 

Consumption. For the purposes of calculating 

per-cycle energy consumption, as described 

in this section, the freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments. Applicable 

compartments for these calculations may 

include a first freezer compartment and any 

number of separate auxiliary freezer 

compartments. 

6.2.1 The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for a cycle type is expressed in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one 

hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall 

depend on the compartment temperature 

attainable as shown below. 

6.2.1.1 If the compartment temperature is 

always below 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C), the average 

per-cycle energy consumption shall be 

equivalent to: 

E = ET1 + IET 

Where: 

E = total per-cycle energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day; 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; 

Number 1 indicates the test period during 

which the highest compartment 

temperature is measured; and 

IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

equals 0.23 for a product with an 

automatic icemaker and otherwise equals 

0 (zero). 

6.2.1.2 If one of the compartment 

temperatures measured for a test period is 

greater than 0.0 °F (17.8 °C), the average percycle energy consumption shall be equivalent 

to: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (0.0 ¥ TF1)/ 

(TF2 ¥ TF1)) + IET 

Where: 

E and IET are defined in 6.2.1.1 and ET is 

defined in 5.2.1; 

TF = compartment temperature determined 

according to 5.1.2 in degrees F; 

Numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements 

taken during the first and second test 

period as appropriate; and 

0.0 = standardized compartment temperature 

in degrees F. 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a freezer, a manufacturer 

must obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 

to establish an acceptable test procedure for 

each such product. Such instances could, for 

example, include situations where the test 

set-up for a particular freezer basic model is 

not clearly defined by the provisions of 

section 2. For details regarding the criteria 

and procedures for obtaining a waiver, please 

refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

8. Appendix B1 to subpart B of part 

430 is amended by: 

a. Adding an introductory note after 

the appendix heading; 

b. In section 1. Definitions, by: 

1. Adding an introductory note after 

the heading; 

2. Redesignating section 1.1 as 1.7 and 

revising redesignated 1.7; 

3. Revising section 1.2; 

4. Redesignating 1.3 as 1.5 and 

revising redesignated 1.5; 

5. Redesignating section 1.4 as 1.6; 

6. Redesignating section 1.5 as 1.12; 

7. Redesignating section 1.6 as 1.1; 

8. Redesignating section 1.7 as 1.4; 

9. Redesignating section 1.9 as 1.11; 

10. Redesignating section 1.10 as 1.13; 

11. Redesignating section 1.11 as 1.9; 

12. Adding new sections 1.3, 1.9, and 

1.10; 

c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by: 

1. Revising section 2.2; 

2. Redesignating section 2.3 as 2.6; 

3. Adding new sections 2.3 through 

2.5; 

d. In section 3. Test Control Settings, 

by: 

1. Revising sections 3.1, 3.2, and 

3.2.1; 

2. Removing section 3.3; 

e. In section 4, Test Period by: 

1. Revising sections 4.1.2.1 and 

4.1.2.2; 

2. Removing section 4.1.2.3; 

f. In section 5, Test Measurements, by: 

1. Revising sections 5.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.2.1, 

5.1.2.2, 5.1.2.3, and 5.2.1.3; 

2. Removing section 5.2.1.4; 

g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived 

Results From Test Measurements, by 

revising section 6.2; 

h. Adding new section 7, Waivers. 

The additions and revisions read as 

follows: 

Appendix B1 to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Freezers 

The provisions of Appendix B1 shall apply 

to all products manufactured prior to the 

effective date of any amended standards 

promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section 

325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and 

Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the 

Energy Independence and Security Act of 

2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). 

1. Definitions 

Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–1979 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) is 

applicable to this test procedure. 

* * * * * 

1.2 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device 

incorporated into the design of a freezer to 

prevent the accumulation of moisture on 

exterior or interior surfaces of the cabinet 

under conditions of high ambient humidity. 

1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ means a 

user-controllable switch or user interface 

which modifies the activation or control of 

anti-sweat heaters. 

* * * * * 

1.5 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours 

for which the energy use of a freezer is 

calculated as though the consumer-activated 

compartment temperature controls were 

preset so that the standardized temperature 

(see section 3.2) was maintained. 

* * * * * 

1.7 ‘‘HRF–1–1979’’ means the Association 

of Home Appliance Manufacturers standard 

for household refrigerators, combination 

refrigerator-freezers, and household freezers, 

also approved as an American National 

Standard as a revision of ANSI B 38.1–1970. 

Only sections of HRF–1–1979 (incorporated 

by reference; see § 430.3) specifically 

referenced in this test procedure are part of 

this test procedure. In cases where there is 

a conflict, the language of the test procedure 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 29875 

in this appendix takes precedence over HRF– 

1–1979. 

* * * * * 

1.10 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ 

means a freezer compartment of a freezer 

having more than one compartment that is 

not the first freezer compartment. Access to 

a separate auxiliary compartment is through 

a separate exterior door or doors rather than 

through the door or doors of another 

compartment. 

* * * * * 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The freezer 

shall be installed and its operating conditions 

maintained in accordance with HRF–1–1979, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

section 7.2 through section 7.4.3.3 (but 

excluding section 7.4.3.2), except that the 

vertical ambient gradient at locations 10 

inches (25.4 cm) out from the centers of the 

two sides of the unit being tested is to be 

maintained during the test. Unless the area 

is obstructed by shields or baffles, the 

gradient is to be maintained from 2 inches 

(5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting 

platform to a height 1 foot (30.5 cm) above 

the unit under test. Defrost controls are to be 

operative and the anti-sweat heater switch is 

to be ‘‘on’’ during one test and ‘‘off’’ during 

a second test. The quick freeze option shall 

be switched off except as specified in section 

3.1. Additional clarifications are noted in 

sections 2.3 through 2.5. 

2.3 Conditions for Automatic Defrost 

Freezers. For automatic defrost freezers, the 

freezer compartments shall not be loaded 

with any frozen food packages during testing. 

Cylindrical metallic masses of dimensions 

1.12 ± 0.25 inches (2.9 ± 0.6 cm) in diameter 

and height shall be attached in good thermal 

contact with each temperature sensor within 

the refrigerated compartments. All 

temperature measuring sensor masses shall 

be supported by low-thermal-conductivity 

supports in such a manner to ensure that 

there will be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) of air 

space separating the thermal mass from 

contact with any interior surface or hardware 

inside the cabinet. In case of interference 

with hardware at the sensor locations 

specified in section 5.1, the sensors shall be 

placed at the nearest adjacent location such 

that there will be a 1-inch air space 

separating the sensor mass from the 

hardware. 

2.4 The cabinet and its refrigerating 

mechanism shall be assembled and set up in 

accordance with the printed consumer 

instructions supplied with the cabinet. Setup of the freezer shall not deviate from these 

instructions, unless explicitly required or 

allowed by this test procedure. Specific 

required or allowed deviations from such setup include the following: 

(a) Clearance requirements from surfaces of 

the product shall be as specified in section 

2.5 below; 

(b) The electric power supply shall be as 

described in HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) section 7.4.1; 

(c) Temperature control settings for testing 

shall be as described in section 3 below; and 

(d) The product does not need to be 

anchored or otherwise secured to prevent 

tipping during energy testing. 

For cases in which set-up is not clearly 

defined by this test procedure, manufacturers 

must submit a petition for a waiver (see 

section 7). 

2.5 The space between the back of the 

cabinet and the test room wall or simulated 

wall shall be the minimum distance in 

accordance with the manufacturer’s 

instructions. If the instructions do not specify 

a minimum distance, the cabinet shall be 

located such that the rear of the cabinet 

touches the test room wall or simulated wall. 

The test room wall facing the rear of the 

cabinet or the simulated wall shall be flat 

within 1⁄4-inch, and vertical to within 1 

degree. The cabinet shall be leveled to within 

1 degree of true level, and positioned with its 

rear wall parallel to the test chamber wall or 

simulated wall immediately behind the 

cabinet. Any simulated wall shall be solid 

and shall extend vertically from the floor to 

above the height of the cabinet and 

horizontally beyond both sides of the cabinet. 

* * * * * 

3. Test Control Settings 

3.1 Model with No User Operable 

Temperature Control. A test shall be 

performed during which the compartment 

temperature and energy use shall be 

measured. A second test shall be performed 

with the temperature control electrically 

short circuited to cause the compressor to 

run continuously. If the model has the quick 

freeze option, this option must be used to 

bypass the temperature control. 

3.2 Model with User Operable 

Temperature Control. Testing shall be 

performed in accordance with one of the 

following sections using the standardized 

temperature of 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C). 

For the purposes of comparing 

compartment temperatures with standardized 

temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 

through 3.2.3, the freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments. Applicable 

compartments for these calculations may 

include a first freezer compartment and any 

number of separate auxiliary freezer 

compartments. 

3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with 

all temperature controls set at their median 

position midway between their warmest and 

coldest settings. For mechanical control 

systems, knob detents shall be mechanically 

defeated if necessary to attain a median 

setting. For electronic control systems, the 

test shall be performed with all compartment 

temperature controls set at the average of the 

coldest and warmest settings—if there is no 

setting equal to this average, the setting 

closest to the average shall be used. If there 

are two such settings equally close to the 

average, the higher of these temperature 

control settings shall be used. If the 

compartment temperature measured during 

the first test is higher than the standardized 

temperature, the second test shall be 

conducted with the controls set at the coldest 

settings. If the compartment temperature 

measured during the first test is lower than 

the standardized temperature, the second test 

shall be conducted with the controls set at 

the warmest settings. If the compartment 

temperatures measured during these two 

tests bound the standardized temperature, 

then these test results shall be used to 

determine energy consumption. If the 

compartment temperature measured with all 

controls set at their coldest settings is above 

the standardized temperature, a third test 

shall be performed with all controls set at 

their warmest settings and the result of this 

test shall be used with the result of the test 

performed with all controls set at their 

coldest settings to determine energy 

consumption. If the compartment 

temperature measured with all controls set at 

their warmest settings is below the 

standardized temperature, then the result of 

this test alone will be used to determine 

energy consumption. 

* * * * * 

4. Test Period 

* * * * * 

4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the model being tested has a long-time 

automatic defrost system, the two-part test 

described in this section may be used. The 

first part is the same as the test for a unit 

having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). 

The second part starts when the compressor 

turns off at the end of a period of steady-state 

cycling operation just before initiation of the 

defrost control sequence. If the compressor 

does not cycle during steady-state operation 

between defrosts, the second part starts at a 

time when the compartment temperatures are 

within their ranges measured during steady 

state operation, or within 0.5 °F of the 

average during steady state operation for a 

compartment with a temperature range 

during steady state operation no greater than 

1 °F. This control sequence may include 

additional compressor operation prior to 

energizing the defrost heater. The second part 

terminates when the compressor turns on the 

second time after the defrost control 

sequence or 4 hours after the defrost heater 

is energized, whichever occurs first. 

4.1.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the 

model being tested has a variable defrost 

control system, the test shall consist of the 

same two parts as the test for long-time 

automatic defrost (section 4.1.2.1). 

* * * * * 

5. Test Measurements 

5.1 Temperature Measurements. 

Temperature measurements shall be made at 

the locations prescribed in Figure 7.2 of 

HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) and shall be accurate to within ±0.5 

°F (0.3 °C). 

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet 

do not conform with those shown in Figure 

7.2 of HRF–1–1979, the product may be 

tested by relocating the temperature sensors 

from the locations specified in the Figures by 

no more than 2 inches to avoid interference 

with hardware or components within the 

cabinet, in which case the specific locations 

used for the temperature sensors shall be 

noted in the test data records maintained by 

the manufacturer in accordance with 10 CFR 

430.62(d). For those products equipped with 

a cabinet that does not conform with Figure 

7.2 and cannot be tested in the manner 

described above, the manufacturer must 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS
29876 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 102 / Thursday, May 27, 2010 / Proposed Rules 

obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 to 

establish an acceptable test procedure for 

each such product. 

* * * * * 

5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The 

compartment temperature for each test 

period shall be an average of the measured 

temperatures taken during one or more 

complete compressor cycles. One compressor 

cycle is one complete motor ‘‘on’’ and one 

complete motor ‘‘off’’ period. For long-time 

automatic defrost models, compartment 

temperature shall be that measured in the 

first part of the test period specified in 

section 4.1.2.1. For models equipped with 

variable defrost controls, compartment 

temperatures shall be those measured in the 

first part of the test period specified in 

section 4.1.2.2. 

5.1.2.1 The number of complete 

compressor cycles over which the measured 

temperatures in a compartment are to be 

averaged to determine compartment 

temperature shall be equal to the number of 

minutes between measured temperature 

readings rounded up to the next whole 

minute or a number of complete compressor 

cycles over a time period exceeding 1 hour. 

One of the compressor cycles shall be the last 

complete compressor cycle during the test 

period before start of the defrost control 

sequence for products with automatic 

defrost. 

5.1.2.2 If no compressor cycling occurs, 

the compartment temperature shall be the 

average of the measured temperatures taken 

during the last 32 minutes of the test period. 

5.1.2.3 If incomplete compressor cycling 

occurs (less than one compressor cycle), the 

compartment temperature shall be the 

average of all readings taken during the last 

3 hours of the last complete compressor ‘‘on’’ 

period. 

* * * * * 

5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2¥(EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × (12/CT), 

Where: 

ET and 1440 are defined in section 5.2.1.1 

and EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 12 are defined 

in section 5.2.1.2; 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F× (CTM¥CTL) + CTL) 

Where: 

CTL = least or shortest time between defrosts 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour (greater than or equal to 6 hours 

but less than or equal to 12 hours); 

CTM = maximum time between defrosts in 

hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an 

hour (greater than CTL but not more than 

96 hours); 

F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 

excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per-day energy 

consumption and is equal to 0.20. 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the 

default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, 

respectively. 

* * * * * 

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test 

Measurements 

* * * * * 

6.2 Average Per Cycle Energy 

Consumption. For the purposes of calculating 

per-cycle energy consumption, as described 

in this section, the freezer compartment 

temperature shall be equal to a volumeweighted average of the temperatures of all 

applicable freezer compartments. Applicable 

compartments for these calculations may 

include a first freezer compartment and any 

number of separate auxiliary freezer 

compartments. 

* * * * * 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a freezer, a manufacturer 

must obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 

to establish an acceptable test procedure for 

each such product. Such instances could, for 

example, include situations where the test 

set-up for a particular freezer basic model is 

not clearly defined by the provisions of 

section 2. For details regarding the criteria 

and procedures for obtaining a waiver, please 

refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

9. In § 430.62, revise paragraph 

(a)(4)(xii) to read as follows: 

§ 430.62 Submission of data. 

(a) * * * 

(4) * * * 

(xii) Refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers, the annual energy 

use in kWh/yr, total adjusted volume in 

ft3, whether the product has variable 

defrost control (in which case, 

manufacturers must also report the 

values, if any, of CTL and CTM (see for 

example Appendix A section 5.2.1.3) 

used in the calculation of energy 

consumption), whether the product has 

variable anti-sweat heater control, and 

whether testing has been conducted 

with modifications to the standard 

temperature sensor locations specified 

by the figures referenced in section 5.1 

of Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. 

* * * * * 

[FR Doc. 2010–11957 Filed 5–25–10; 8:45 am] 

BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 


sroberts on DSKD5P82C1PROD with PROPOSALS